Holy Bible Aionian Edition® ~ Malagasy---Tandroy-Mahafaly-Bible ~ John 16:17

Said

Strongs:

g2036

Lexicon:

ἔπω, ἐρῶ, εἶπον

Greek:

εἶπαν

Transliteration:

eipan

Usage:

956 times in 16 books, 138 chapters, and 859 verses

Context:

Next word

Toggle Lexicon

Gloss:

to say

Morphhology:

Verb 2nd Aorist Active Indicative 3rd Plural

Grammar:

an ACTION that happened - by people or things being discussed

Source:

[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources

Editions:

NA28, NA27, Tyn, SBL, WH, Treg, TR, Byz

Other Spelling:

TR: εἶπον;

Tyndale

Word:

εἶπον

Transliteration:

eipon

Gloss:

to say

Morphhology:

Greek Verb

Definition:

εἶπον, 2 aorist of obsolete present ἔπω (cf. Veitch), used as aorist of λέγω, which see (AS)

Liddell-Scott-Jones

Word:

εἶπον

Transliteration:

eipon

Gloss:

to say

Morphhology:

Greek Verb

Definition:

εἶπον (present ἔπω is used by [Refs 2nd c.BC+]present in use is φημί, λέγω, ἀγορεύω (see. infr. IV), the future ἐρέω, ἐρῶ, the perfect εἴρηκα), Epic dialect and Lyric poetry ἔειπον [Refs 8th c.BC+]; subjunctive εἴπω (Epic dialect εἴπωμι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; optative εἴποιμ; infinitive εἰπεῖν, Epic dialect -έμεναι, -έμεν, [Refs]; participle εἰπών: also aorist 1 εἶπα (ἔειπα [Refs 5th c.BC+] as I said, [Refs 1st c.BC+] mostly in Ionic dialect Prose, also [Refs 4th c.BC+], and the 2nd pers. indicative and imperative of this form are preferred in Attic dialect, 2nd pers. singular indicative εἶπας [Refs 8th c.BC+]; imperative εἶπον (on the accent see[Refs 5th c.BC+], -ατον, -ατ; 3rd.pers. plural εἶπαν [Refs 4th c.BC+]; participle εἴπας [Refs 4th c.BC+], Aeolic dialect εἴπαις [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in compounds middle ἀπείπασθαι (which see), διείπασθαι (which see), but never in good Attic dialect: (reduplicate aorist 2 from ϝεπ- 'say'; ϝείπην only conjecture in [Refs 7th c.BC+]; with ἔ- (ϝ) ειπον cf. Sanskrit avocam, reduplicate aorist of vac- 'say'; compare ἔπος):—speak, say, ὣς εἰπών [Refs 8th c.BC+]; εἰπεῖν ἔν τισιν or μετά τισιν speak among a number, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τινί τι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τι [Refs 7th c.BC+] [same places], etc; τι ἔς or πρός τινα, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἰπεῖν περί τινος, ἀμφί τινι, [Refs 8th c.BC+] of them, [Refs]; εἰπεῖν ὅτι or ὡς to say that, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: but also with infinitive, [Refs 5th c.BC+] b. recite, ἔπη [Refs] 2) in parenthesis, ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν so to say, limiting a general statement, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; speaking loosely, opposed to ὄντως, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; opposed to ἀκριβεῖ λόγῳ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ ξύμπαν εἶπαι, εἰπεῖν, [Refs 5th c.BC+] 3) εἴποι τις as one might say, uncertain reading in [Refs 5th c.BC+] II) with accusative person, address, accost one, [Refs 8th c.BC+] II.2) name, mention, [Refs] II.3) call one so and so, πολλοί τέ μιν ἐσθλὸν ἔειπον [Refs 8th c.BC+] II.4) with double accusative person et of things, tell or proclaim so of one, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; εἰπεῖν τινα ὅτι. [Refs 8th c.BC+]; εἰ. τεθνεῶτ᾽ Ὀρέστην speak of him as dead, [Refs 4th c.BC+] II.5) celebrate, of poets, Αἴαντος βίαν [Refs] III) with dative person et infinitive, order or command one to, [Refs 8th c.BC+]infinitive, [Refs]: with accusative et infinitive, εἶπον τὰς παῖδας δεῦρ᾽ ἄγειν τινά [Refs 5th c.BC+], frequently in NT, [NT] IV) propose, move a measure in the assembly, εἰπὼν τὰ βέλτιστα [Refs 4th c.BC+]: frequently as a formal prefix to decrees and laws, Λάχης εἶπε [Refs 5th c.BC+]; compare ἀγορεύω. V) plead, δίκην [Refs 8th c.BC+] VI) promise, offer, χρυσὸν εἶφ᾽ ὃς ἂν κτάνῃ [Refs 5th c.BC+] VII) imperative εἰπέ sometimes used in addressing several persons, [Refs 5th c.BC+] ἔπω, A) say, call, name, ἤν Πέρσειον ἔπουσιν [Refs 2nd c.BC+]

Strongs

Word:

ἔπω

Transliteration:

épō

Pronounciation:

ep'-o

Language:

Greek

Definition:

to speak or say (by word or writing); answer, bid, bring word, call, command, grant, say (on), speak, tell; a primary verb (used only in the definite past tense, the others being borrowed from g2046 (ἐρέω), g4483 (ῥέω), and g5346 (φημί))

therefore

Strongs:

g3767

Greek:

οὖν

Transliteration:

oun

Usage:

539 times in 24 books, 158 chapters, and 526 verses

Context:

Next word

Toggle Lexicon

Gloss:

therefore/then

Morphhology:

Conjunction

Source:

[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources

Editions:

NA28, NA27, Tyn, SBL, WH, Treg, TR, Byz

Tyndale

Word:

οὖν

Transliteration:

oun

Gloss:

therefore/then

Morphhology:

Greek Conjunction

Definition:

οὖν, particle expressing consequence or simple sequence (never standing first in a sentence), wherefore, therefore, then: Mat.3:10, Luk.3:9, Jhn.8:38, Act.1:21, Rom.5:9, al; in exhortations, Mat.3:8, Luk.11:35, Act.3:19, Rom.6:12, al; in questions, Mat.13:28, Mrk.15:12, Jhn.8:[5], Rom.6:1, al; continuing a narrative or resuming it after a digression, Mat.1:17, Luk.3:18, Jhn.1:22 2:18 (and very frequently in this Gospel), Act.26:22, al; ἄρα οὖν (see: ἄρα); ἐπεὶ οὖν, Heb.2:14; οὖν with ptcp. (= ἐπεὶ οὖν), Act.2:30, Rom.5:1, al; ἐὰν οὖν (where οὖν rather in sense belongs to the apodosis), Mat.5:23, Luk.4:7, Jhn.6:62, Rom.2:26, al; ὡς οὖν, Jhn.4:1, al. (AS)

Liddell-Scott-Jones

Word:

οὖν

Transliteration:

oun

Gloss:

therefore/then

Morphhology:

Greek Conjunction

Definition:

οὖν, Ionic dialect and Doric dialect ὦν (the latter in [Refs 8th c.BC+], adverb certainly, in fact, confirming something, frequently in contrast with something which is not confirmed, in [Refs 8th c.BC+] only in combination with γε (see. γοῦν), γάρ, οὔτε or μήτε, ὡς, ἐπεί, μέν, etc: 1) really, φημὶ γὰρ οὖν κατανεῦσαι. Κρονίωνα for I declare that Zeus did really promise, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τόφρα γὰρ οὖν ἑπόμεσθα, ὄφρ᾽ for we followed them up to the very point, where, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐλέχθησαν λόγοι ἄπιστοι μὲν ἐνίοισι Ἑλλήνων, ἐλέχθησαν δ᾽ ὦν but they really were spoken, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Θηβαῖοι μὲν ταῦτα λέγουσι, Πλαταιῆς δ᾽ οὐχ ὁμολογοῦσι, ἐκ δ᾽ οὖν τῆς γῆς ἀνεχώρησαν at all events they did return, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; so δ᾽ οὖν after a parenthesis; εἰ δή τις ὑμῶν οὕτως ἔχει,—οὐκ ἀξιῶ μὲν γὰρ ἔγωγε,—εἰ δ᾽ οὖν but if he is so, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; so ἀλλ᾽ οὖν. γε but at all events, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἔμπης οὖν ἐπιμεῖναι ἐς αὔριον to stay nevertheless at least till to-morrow, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οὖν concessive, I grant you, τάχ᾽ οὖν τις ἄκων ἔσχε [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Τληπόλεμος δ᾽, ἐπεὶ οὖν τράφ᾽ ἐνὶ μεγάρῳ εὐπήκτῳ, αὐτίκα. κατέκτα when once, i.e. as soon as, he had grown up, [Refs]; νεβροί, αἵ τ᾽ ἐπεὶ οὖν ἔκαμον. ἑστᾶσ᾽ which, as soon as they are tired, stand still, [Refs]; to indicate that something foreshadowed has actually occurred, ἀγορήνδε καλέσσατο λαὸν Ἀχιλλεύς, οἱ δ᾽ ἐπεὶ οὖν ἤγερθεν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τὸν δ᾽ ὡς οὖν ἐνόησε [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οὔτ᾽ οὖν, οὔτε. or οὔτε, οὔτ᾽ οὖν. both = neither. nor, but preferred according as the first or second clause is to be marked by emphasis,[Refs 8th c.BC+]; so εἰ, εἴτ᾽ οὖν. if, or if, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἴτ᾽ οὖν, εἴτε μὴ γενήσεται whether it shall be so, or no, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ξεῖνος αἴτ᾽ ὦν ἀστός, i.e. αἴτε ξ. αἴτ᾽ ὦν ἀ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] even as, just as, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἰ δ᾽ ἔστιν, ὥσπερ οὖν ἔστι, θεός if he is, as he in fact is, a god, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; for μὲν οὖν, see at {μέν} [Refs 5th c.BC+] 2) added to indefinite Prons. and adverbs, like Latin cunque, ὅστις whoever, ὁστισοῦν whosoever; ὅπως how, ὁπωσοῦν howsoever; ἄλλος ὁστισοῦν another, be he who he may; so ὁποιοσοῦν, ὁποιοστισοῦν, ὁποσοσοῦν, ὁπωσδηποτοῦν, ὁπητιοῦν, ὁποθενοῦν, etc, (see entry). II) to continue a narrative, so, then, καὶ τὰ μὲν οὖν. θῆκαν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὅτ᾽ οὖν since, then, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ζεῖ οὖν ἐν τούτῳ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] is very common in this sense; so δ᾽ οὖν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οὖν is also used alone merely to resume after a parenthesis or long protasis, well, as I was saying, ὦ Λακεδαιμόνιοι, χρήσαντος τοῦ θεοῦ, ὑμεας γὰρ πυνθάνομαι προεστάναι,—ὑμέας ὦν. προσκαλέομαι. [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.2) ὦν is frequently inserted by [Refs 5th c.BC+]participle, οἱ δὲ φέροντες ἐς τὴν ἀγορήν, ἀπ᾽ ὦν ἔδοντο[Refs]; so in [Refs 5th c.BC+]: this tmesis is rare in Attic dialect, ὥστε γε καὐτόν σε κατ᾽ οὖν ἔβαλεν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but occurs in later writers, Dorieus cited in [Refs 3rd c.BC+] III) in inferences, then, therefore, not in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; in a statement, [Refs]; very common from [Refs 5th c.BC+] downwards; so καὶ σὺ οὖν you too therefore, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; compare οὐ γὰρ οὖν, τοιγαροῦν: strengthened, δὴ οὖν [Refs 5th c.BC+]: in questions, τίς οὖν ὁ λύσων σ᾽ ἐστίν ; [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc; ἆρ᾽ οὖν δή ; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τί οὖν δή ; [Refs 5th c.BC+]

Strongs

Word:

οὖν

Transliteration:

oûn

Pronounciation:

oon

Language:

Greek

Definition:

(adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly; and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore; apparently a primary word

[some] of

Strongs:

g1537

Greek:

ἐκ

Transliteration:

ek

Usage:

941 times in 26 books, 224 chapters, and 779 verses

Context:

Next word

Toggle Lexicon

the

Strongs:

g3588

Lexicon:

ὁ

Greek:

τῶν

Transliteration:

tōn

Usage:

20754 times in 27 books, 260 chapters, and 7041 verses

Context:

Next word

Toggle Lexicon

Gloss:

the/this/who

Morphhology:

Definite article Genitive Plural Masculine

Grammar:

SPECIFIC male people or things that something belongs to

Source:

[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources

Editions:

NA28, NA27, Tyn, SBL, WH, Treg, TR, Byz

Tyndale

Word:

ὁ

Transliteration:

ho

Gloss:

the/this/who

Morphhology:

Greek Article

Definition:

ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article (ἄρθρον προτακτικόν), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. I. As demonstr. pron. 1) As frequently in Hom, absol, he (she, it), his (etc.): Act.17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). 2) Distributive, ὁ μὲν. ὁ δέ, the one. the other: 1Co.7:7, Gal.4:22; pl, Act.14:4, 17:32, Php.1:16, al; οἱ μὲν. ἄλλοι δέ, Mat.16:14, Jhn.7:12; οἱ μεν̀. ὁδέ, Heb.7:21, 23. 3) In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mat.2:14, Mrk.1:45, Luk.8:21, Jhn.9:38, al. mult. II. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, 1) to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc, to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mat.8:20, al; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Luk.10:7; with nom. = voc. in addresses, Mat.11:26, Jhn.19:3, Jas.5:1, al; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mrk.3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. 2) To modified nouns: with of person(s) pron. genitive, μοῦ, σοῦ, etc; with poss. pron, ἐμός, σός, etc; with adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mat.12:35; the noun foll, by adj, both with art, ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jhn.10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jhn.12:9, see M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ᾽ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Rom.9:11. 3) To Other parts of speech used as substantives; (a) neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc; (b) cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc; (with) participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mat.14:2), Mrk.6:14; πᾶς ὁ, with ptcp, every one who, etc; (d) adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; (e) infinitives: nom, τὸ θέλειν, Rom.7:18, al; genitive, τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, 1Co.16:4; verbs, ἐλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Luk.1:9; and frequently in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mat.13:3 (on the artic. inf, see Bl, §71). 4) In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mrk.9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, Heb.12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph.4:9, al. 5) To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, Heb.13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Rom.4:14; neut. accusative absol, in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ᾽ ἡμέραν, daily, Luk.11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Rom.9:5. 6) To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mat.10:2, al; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mat.16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Rom.14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81ff; Bl, §§46, 47). (AS)

Liddell-Scott-Jones

Word:

ὁ

Transliteration:

ho

Gloss:

the/this/who

Morphhology:

Greek Article

Definition:

ὁ, ἡ, τό, is, when thus written, A) demonstrative Pronoun. B ) in Attic dialect, definite or prepositive Article. C ) in Epic dialect, the so-called postpositive Article, = relative Pronoun, ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.—The nominative masculine and feminine singular and plural, ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ, have no accent in codices and most printed books, except when used as the relative; but ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ differ only in writing from ὃ, ἣ, οἳ, α; the nominative forms of the article are said by Hdn.Gr.1.474 to be oxytone, and by [Refs 2nd c.AD+] in Aeolic dialect accusative to [Refs 8th c.BC+] genitive and dative dual τοῖιν [Refs 8th c.BC+]— In Doric dialect and all other dialects except Attic dialect and Ionic dialect the feminine forms preserve the old ᾱ instead of changing it to η, hence Doric dialect etc. ἁ, τάν, τᾶ; the genitive plural τάων contracts in many dialects to τᾶ; the genitive singular is in many places τῶ, accusative plural τώς, but Cretan dialect, etc, τόνς [Refs]; in Lesbian Aeolic dialect the accusative plural forms are τοὶς, ταὶς, [Refs]; dative plural τοῖς, ταῖς (or τοὶς, ταὶς, see above), [Refs]; ταῖσι as demonstrative, [Refs 7th c.BC+] Poets also used the Ionic dialect and _Epic dialect_ forms τοῖσι, ταῖσ; and in Trag. we find τοὶ μέν, τοὶ δέ, for οἱ μέν, οἱ δέ, not only in Lyric poetry, as [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but even in a trimeter, [Refs 5th c.BC+] {ὅ}; τὼ πόλεε Foed. cited in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in [Refs 4th c.AD+] functions as genitive dual feminine, μεσακόθεν τοῖς κράναιυν [Refs 4th c.BC+] —in Elean and _Boeotian dialect_ ὁ, ἡ (ἁ), τό, with the addition of -ί, ={ὅδε}, ἥδε, τόδε, _nominative_ _plural_ _masculine_ τυΐ the following men, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] cf. Sanskrit demonstrative pronoun sa, sā, Gothic sa, sō, ONorse sá, sú, Old Latin accusative sum, sam (Enn.): —with τό [from *τόδ] cf. Sanskrit tat (tad), Latin is-tud, Gothic pata: —with τοί cf. Sanskrit te, Lithuanian tĩe, O[Refs 5th c.BC+] pá, etc:—with τάων cf. Sanskrit tāsām, Latin is-tarum:— the origin of the relative ὅς, ἥ, ὅ (which see) is different.) A) ὁ, ἡ, τό, DEMONSTR. PRONOUN, that, the oldest and in [Refs 8th c.BC+] the commonest sense: frequently also in [Refs 5th c.BC+], and sometimes in Trag. (mostly in Lyric poetry, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τῶν γάρ, τῆς γάρ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; seldom in Attic dialect Prose, except in special phrases, see infr. VI, VII): A.I) joined with a substantive, to call attention to it, ὁ Τυδεΐδης he—Tydeus' famous son, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τὸν Χρύσην that venerable man Chryses, I.II: and so with appellative, Νέστωρ ὁ γέρων N.—thataged man, [Refs]; αἰετοῦ. τοῦ θηρητῆρος the eagle, that which is called hunter, [Refs]; also to define and give emphasis, τιμῆς τῆς Πριάμου for honour, namely that of Priam, [Refs]; οἴχετ᾽ ἀνὴρ ὤριστος a man is gone, and he the best, [Refs]:—different from this are cases [Refs 8th c.BC+] if he would help the Trojans, but drive those back to the ships—I mean the Achaeans, where Ἀχ. is only added to explain τούς, compare [Refs] A.II) frequently without a substantive, he, she, it, ὁ γὰρ ἦλθε [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.III) placed after its Noun, before the Relat. Prons, ἐφάμην σὲ περὶ φρένας ἔμμεναι ἄλλων, τῶν ὅσσοι Λυκίην ναιετάουσι far above the rest, above those to wit who, etc, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οἷ᾽ οὔ πώ τιν᾽ ἀκούομεν οὐδὲ παλαιῶν, τάων αἳ πάρος ἦσαν. Ἀχαιαί such as we have not heard tell of yet even among the women of old, those women to wit who, [Refs 8th c.BC+] —for the _Attic dialect_ usage see below A.IV) before a Possessive pronoun its demonstrative force is sometimes very manifest, φθίσει σε τὸ σὸν μένος that spirit of thine, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.V) for cases in which the Homeric usage approaches most nearly to the Attic, see below [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI) ὁ μέν, ὁ δέ. without a substantive, in all cases, genders, and numbers, [Refs 8th c.BC+] properly refers to the former, ὁ δέ to the latter; more rarely ὁ μέν the latter, ὁ δέ the former, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: sometimes in Partition, the one, the other, etc.—The Noun with it is regularly in genitive plural, being divided by the ὁ μέν, ὁ δέ, into parts, ἠΐθεοι καὶ παρθένοι, τῶν δ᾽ αἱ μὲν λεπτὰς ὀθόνας ἔχον, οἱ δὲ χιτῶνας εἵατο [Refs 8th c.BC+]: but frequently the Noun is in the same case, by a kind of apposition, ἴδον υἷε Δάρητος, τὸν μὲν ἀλευάμενον τὸν δὲ κτάμενον [Refs 8th c.BC+]: so in Trag. and Attic dialect, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; if the Noun be collective, it is in the genitive singular, ὁ μὲν πεπραμένος ἦν τοῦ σίτου, ὁ δὲ ἔνδον ἀποκείμενος [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.2) when a negative accompanies ὁ δέ, it follows δέ, e.g. τὰς γοῦν Ἀθήνας οἶδα τὸν δὲ χῶρον οὔ [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.3) ὁ μέν τις, ὁ δέ τις. is used in Prose, when the Noun to which ὁ refers is left indefinite, ἔλεγον ὁ μέν τις τὴν σοφίαν, ὁ δὲ τὴν καρτερίαν, ὁ δέ τις καὶ τὸ κάλλος [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.4) on τὸ μέν, τὸ δέ, or τὰ μέν, τὰ δέ, [Refs] A.VI.5) ὁ μέν is frequently used without a corresponding ὁ δέ, οἱ μὲν ἄρ᾽ ἐσκίδναντο, Μυρμιδόνας δ᾽ οὐκ εἴα ἀποσκίδνασθαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; by ἄλλος δέ, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.6) ὁ δέ following μέν sometimes refers to the subject of the preceding clause, τοῦ μὲν ἅμαρθ᾽, ὁ δὲ Λεῦκον. βεβλήκει [Refs 8th c.BC+]: rare in Attic dialect Prose, ἐπεψήφιζεν αὐτὸς ἔφορος ὤν· ὁ δὲ οὐκ ἔφη διαγιγνώσκειν τὴν βοήν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.7) ὁ δέ is frequently used simply in continuing a narrative, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also used by [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.8) the opposition may be expressed otherwise than by μέν and δέ, οὔθ᾽ ὁ. οὔθ᾽ ὁ [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VII) the following usages prevailed in Attic dialect Prose, A.VII.1) in dialogue, after καί, it was usual to say in nominative singular masculine καὶ ὅ; in the other cases the usual forms of the Article were used (see. ὅς [Refs 4th c.BC+] II.I and cf. Sanskrit sas, alternatative form of sa); so, in accusative, καὶ τὸν εἰπεῖν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VII.2) ὁ καὶ ὁ such and such, τῇ καὶ τῇ ἀτιμίᾳ [Refs 5th c.BC+]: but mostly in accusative, καί μοι κάλει τὸν καὶ τόν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀνάγκη ἄρα τὸ καὶ τό it must then be so and so, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; but τὰ καὶ τά now one thing, now another, of good and bad, τὸν δ᾽ ἀγαθὸν τολμᾶν χρὴ τά τε καὶ τὰ φέρειν [Refs 6th c.BC+]; so πάντα τοῦ μετρίου μεταβαλλόμενα ἐπὶ τὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τά, of excess and defect, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII) absolutely usages of single cases, A.VIII.1) feminine dative τῇ, of Place, there, on that spot, here, this way, that way, [Refs 8th c.BC+], etc: also in Prose, τὸ μὲν τῇ, τὸ δὲ τῇ [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.b) with a notion of motion towards, that way, in that direction, [Refs 8th c.BC+] —only poetry A.VIII.1.c) of Manner, τῇ περ τελευτήσεσθαι ἔμελλεν in this way, thus, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.d) repeated, τῇ μέν, τῇ δέ, in one way, in another, or partly, partly, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.e) relative, where, by which way, only Epic dialect, as [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.2) neuter dative τῷ, therefore, on this account, frequently in [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.2.b) thus, so, [Refs 8th c.BC+] precedes, be translated, then, if this be so, on this condition, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.3) neuter accusative τό, wherefore, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also τὸ δέ absolutely, but the fact is, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; even when the τό refers to what precedes, the contrast may lie not in the thing referred to, but in another part of the sentence (compare above[Refs 5th c.BC+]; φασὶ δέ τινες αὐτὸν καὶ τῶν ἑπτὰ σοφῶν γεγονέναι· τὸ δὲ οὐκ ἦν but he was not, [Refs 1st c.BC+] A.VIII.4) τὸ μέν, τὸ δέ, partly, partly, or on the one hand, on the other, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; more frequently τὰ μέν, τὰ δέ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] in the first clause, τὸ δέ τι [Refs] several times. and finally, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.5) of Time, sometimes that time, sometimes this (present) time, συνμαχία κ᾽ ἔα ἑκατὸν ϝέτεα, ἄρχοι δέ κα τοΐ (where it is possible, but not necessary, to supply ϝέτος) [Refs 6th c.BC+] from that time, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.5.b) πρὸ τοῦ, sometimes written προτοῦ, before this, aforetime, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.5.c) in Thess. Prose, ὑππρὸ τᾶς yesterday, τὰ ψαφίσματα τό τε ὑππρὸ τᾶς γενόμενον καὶ τὸ τᾶμον the decree which was passed yesterday (literal before this [day]), and to-day's, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] A.VIII.6) ἐν τοῖς is frequently used in Prose with Superlatives, ἐν τοῖσι θειότατον a most marvellous thing, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν τοῖς πρῶτοι the very first, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν τοῖσι πρῶτος (πρώτοις codices) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; [Ζεὺς] Ἔρωτά τε καὶ Ἀνάγκην ἐν τοῖς πρῶτα ἐγέννησεν first of all, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] the greatest number of ships, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also with adverbs, ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα [Refs 5th c.BC+]: in late Prose, also with Positives, ἐν τοῖς παράδοξον [Refs 1st c.BC+] B) ὁ, ἡ, τό, THE DEFINITE ARTICLE, the, to specify individuals: rare in this signification in the earliest Gr, becoming commoner later. In [Refs 8th c.BC+] the demonstrative force can generally be traced, [Refs 4th c.BC+] I, but the definite Article must be recognized in places [Refs 8th c.BC+]: also when joined to an adjective to make it a substantive, αἰὲν ἀποκτείνων τὸν ὀπίστατον the hindmost man, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also in τῶν ἄλλων [Refs]; also τὸ τρίτον[Refs]; τὸ μὲν ἄλλο for the rest,[Refs]—The true Article, however, is first fully established in 5th C Attic dialect, whilst the demonstrative usage disappears, except in a few cases, V. [Refs 4th c.BC+] —Chief usages, especially in _Attic dialect_ B.I) not only with common Appellats, adjectives, and Parts, to specify them as present to sense or mind, but also frequently where we use the Possessive pronoun, τὸ κέαρ ηὐφράνθην [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὴν κεφαλὴν κατεάγην my head was broken, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοὺς φίλους ποιούμεθα we make our friends, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰς πόλεις ἔκτιζον they began founding their cities, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.b) omitted with proper nounsand frequently with Appellats. which require no specification, as θεός, βασιλεύς, see at {θεός} [Refs] III; ἐμ πόλει in the Acropolis, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; compare Θράσυλος in [Refs]; or when the person spoken of is to be specially distinguished, Ζεύς, ὅστις ὁ Ζεύς whoever this Zeus is, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; and therefore properly omitted when a special designation follows, as Σωκράτης ὁ φιλόσοφος: seldom in Trag. with proper nouns, save to give peculiar emphasis, like Latin ille, ὁ Λάϊος, ὁ Φοῖβος, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.c) Aristotle says Σωκράτης meaning the historical Socrates, as in [Refs] when he means the Platonic Socrates, as [Refs] B.I.d) for Σαῦλος ὁ καὶ Παῦλος, etc, see at {καί} [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.2) in a generic sense, where the individual is treated as a type, οἷς ὁ γέρων μετέῃσιν. λεύσσει [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.I.2.b) frequently with abstract Nouns, ἥ τε ἐλπὶς καὶ ὁ ἔρως [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.3) of outstanding members of a class, ὁ γεωγράφος, ὁ κωμικός, ὁ ποιητής, ὁ τεχνικός, see at {γεωγράφος}, κωμικός, ποιητής, τεχνικός. B.I.4) with infinitives, which thereby become Substantives, τὸ εἴργειν prevention, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ φρονεῖν good sense, [Refs 5th c.BC+]infinitive, τὸ θεοὺς εἶναι the existence of gods, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ μηδένα εἶναι ὄλβιον the fact or statement that no one is happy, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.5) in neuter before any word or expression which itself is made the object of thought, τὸ ἄνθρωπος the word or notion man; τὸ λέγω the word λέγ; τὸ μηδὲν ἄγαν the sentiment 'ne quid nimis', [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ τῇ αὐτῇ the phrase τῇ αὐτῇ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] the opinion about the question 'who ought to rule', [Refs]; τὸ ἐὰν μένητε παρ᾽ ἐμοί, ἀποδώσω the phrase 'I will give back, if. ', [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ ὀλίγοι the term few, [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.6) before relative clauses, when the Article serves to combine the whole relative clause into one notion, τῇ ᾗ φὴς σὺ σκληρότητι the harshness you speak of, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν ἥμερον καρπόν, καὶ τὸν ὅσος ξύλινος (i.e. καὶ τὸν καρπὸν ὅσος ἂν ᾖ ξύλινος) [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.7) before Prons, B.I.7.a) before the person Prons, giving them greater emphasis, but only in accusative, τὸν ἐμέ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν. σὲ καὶ ἐμέ[Refs] B.I.7.b) before the interrogative pronoun (both τίς and ποῖος), referring to something before, which needs to be more distinctly specified, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τῆς ποίας μερίδο; [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τοῖς ποίοις; [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.7.c) with τοιοῦτος, τοιόσδε, τηλικοῦτος, etc, the Article either makes the pronoun into a substantive, ὁ τοιοῦτος that sort of person, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; or subjoins it to a substantive which already has an Article, τὴν ἀπολογίαν τὴν τοιαύτην [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.8) before ἅπας, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τὸν ἕνα, τὸν ἕνα τοῦτον, [Refs 4th c.BC+] see entry; and on οἱ ἄλλοι, οἱ πολλοί, etc, see at {ἄλλος} [Refs] B.I.9) the Article with the comparative is rare, if ἤ follows, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II) elliptic expressions: B.II.1) before the genitive of a proper name, to express descent, son or daughter, Θουκυδίδης ὁ Ὀλόρου (i.e. υἱός) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Ἑλένη ἡ τοῦ Διός (i.e. θυγάτηρ) [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also to denote other relationships, e.g. brother, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ Σμικυθίωνος Μελιστίχη M.the wife of [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Κλέαρχος καὶ οἱ ἐκείνου Cl. and his men, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ τοῦ Ἀντιγένεος the slave of [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II.2) generally, before a genitive it indicates a wider relation, as τὸ τῶν νεῶν, τὸ τῶν Ἑρμῶν, the matter of the ships, the affair of the Hermae, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ τοῦ Ἀρριβαίου πράσσειν to promote the interests of Arrhibaeus, [Refs]; τὸ τῆς τύχης,=ἡ τύχη, [Refs]; τὰ τῆς τύχης accidents, chance events, [Refs]; τὰ γὰρ φθιτῶν τοῖς ὁρῶσι κόσμος performance of the rites due to the dead befits the living, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ τῶν θεῶν that which is destined by the gods, [Refs 5th c.BC+] what regards me or thee, my or thy business or interests, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: and with genitive of [Refs 5th c.BC+] is frequently also, a man's word or saying, as τὸ τοῦ Σόλωνος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ τοῦ Ὁμήρου as Homer says, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τά τινος so-and-so's house, [NT+5th c.BC+] B.II.3) very frequently with cases governed by Preps. αἱ ἐκ τῆς Ζακύνθου νῆες the ships from Zacynthus, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τὰ ἐπὶ Θρᾴκης the Thrace-ward district, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ καταστρώματος matters on deck, [Refs]; τὰ ἀπ᾽ Ἀλκιβιάδου the proposals of Alcibiades, [Refs]; τὰ ἀπὸ τῆς τύχης the incidents of fortune, [Refs] B.II.4) on μὰ τόν, μὰ τήν, etc, see at {μά} IV. B.II.5) in elliptical phrases, ἐπορευόμην τὴν ἔξω τείχους (i.e. ὁδόν) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ αὔριον (i.e. ἡμέρα), see at {αὔριον}; ἡ Λυδιστί (i.e. ἁρμονία) [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ οἴκαδε πλοῦς [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc; but τό stands absolutely with Advs. of time and place, when one cannot (as in the preceding instances) supply a substantive, as κἀκεῖσε καὶ τὸ δεῦρο [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ μὲν τὸ κεῖθεν, ὁ δὲ τὸ κεῖθεν [Refs 5th c.BC+] C) as RELATIVE PRONOUN in many dialects; both in nominative singular masculine ὅ, as κλῦθί μοι, ὃ χθιζὸς θεὸς ἤλυθες [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὃ ἐξορύξη he who banishes him, [Refs]; and in the forms beginning with τ, especially in [Refs 8th c.BC+]: also in Ionic dialect Poets, ἐν τῷ κάθημαι [Refs 7th c.BC+]; τό [Refs]; τῶν[Refs]—Never in Comedy texts or Attic dialect Prose:—Epic dialect genitive singular τεῦ [Refs 8th c.BC+] D) CRASIS OF ARTICLE: D.a) Attic dialect ὁ, ἡ, τό, with ᾰ make ᾱ, as ἁνήρ, ἁλήθεια, τἀγαθόν, τᾄτιο; so οἱ, αἱ, τά, as ἅνδρες, τἀγαθ; also τοῦ, τῷ, as τἀγαθοῦ, τἀγαθῷ: ὁ, τό, οἱ, before e gives ου, οὑξ, οὑπί, οὑμός, τοὔργον, οὑπιχώριοι, etc; also τοῦ, as τοὐμοῦ, τοὐπιόντο; but ἅτερος, θάτερον ([musical notation]), Ionic dialect οὕτερος, τοὔτερον (see. ἕτερος), Attic dialect feminine ἡτέρα, dative θητέρᾳ (see. ἕτερος); τῷ loses the iota, τὠμῷ, τὠπιόντι: ὁ, τό, before ο gives ου, as Οὁδυσσεύς, Οὑλύμπιος, τοὔνομα: ὁ, τό, etc, before αυ gives ᾱυ, αὑτός, ταὐτό, ταὐτῷ (frequently written ἁτός, etc. in Inscrr. and Papyrus); so τὰ αὐτά=ταὐτά, αἱ αὐταί=αὑταί: ἡ before εὐ gives ηὑ, as ηὑλάβεια: τῇ before ἡ gives θη, as θἠμέρᾳ: τὸ before ὑ gives θου, as θοὔδωρ for τὸ ὕδωρ. D.b) other dialects: in their treatment of crasis these follow the local laws of contraction, hence, e.g, Doric dialect ὡξ from ὁ ἐξ [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; Ionic dialect ᾡσυμνήτης from ὁ αἰς-[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὡυτή from ἡ αὐτή [Refs 1st c.AD+]

Strongs

Word:

ὁ

Transliteration:

ho

Pronounciation:

to

Language:

Greek

Definition:

the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom); the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc; the definite article

disciples

Strongs:

g3101

Lexicon:

μαθητής

Greek:

μαθητῶν

Transliteration:

mathētōn

Usage:

270 times in 5 books, 78 chapters, and 253 verses

Context:

Next word

Toggle Lexicon

of him

Strongs:

g846

Lexicon:

αὐτός

Greek:

αὐτοῦ

Transliteration:

autou

Usage:

5870 times in 27 books, 254 chapters, and 3809 verses

Context:

Next word

Toggle Lexicon

to

Strongs:

g4314

Lexicon:

πρός

Greek:

πρὸς

Transliteration:

pros

Usage:

735 times in 26 books, 196 chapters, and 679 verses

Context:

Next word

Toggle Lexicon

Gloss:

to/with

Morphhology:

Preposition

Grammar:

relating it to another person or thing

Source:

[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources

Editions:

NA28, NA27, Tyn, SBL, WH, Treg, TR, Byz

Tyndale

Word:

πρός

Transliteration:

pros

Gloss:

to/with

Morphhology:

Greek Preposition

Definition:

πρός, prep. with genitive, dative, accusative I. I. C. genitive, of motion from a place, from the side of, hence metaphorically, in the interests of, Act.27:34 (cf. Page, in l.). II. II. C. dative, of local proximity, hard by, near, at: Mrk.5:11, Luk.19:37, Jhn.18:16 20:11, 12 Rev.1:13. III. C. accusative, of motion or direction towards a place or object, to, towards. 1) Of place, (a) after verbs of motion or of speaking and other words with the idea of direction: ἔρχομαι, ἀναβαίνω, πορεύομαι, λέγω, ἐπιστολή, etc, Mat.3:14, Mrk.6:51, Luk.11:5, Jhn.2:3, Act.9:2, al. mult; metaphorically, of mental direction, hostile or otherwise, Luk.23:12, Jhn.6:52, 2Co.7:4, Eph.6:12, Col.3:13, al; of the issue or end, Luk.14:32, Jhn.11:4, al; of purpose, Mat.26:12, Rom.3:26, 1Co.6:5, al; πρὸς τό, with inf, denoting purpose (cf. M, Pr., 218, 220; Lft, Notes, 131), Mat.5:28, Mrk.13:22, Eph.6:11, 1Th.2:9, al; (b) of close proximity, at, by, with: Mat.3:10, Mrk.11:4, Luk.4:11, Act.3:2, al; after εἶναι, Mat.13:56, Mrk.6:3, Jhn.1:1, al. 2) 2. Of time, (a) towards (Plat, Xen, LXX: Gen.8:11, al.): Luk.24:29; (b) for: πρὸς καιρόν, Luk.8:13, 1Co.7:5; πρὸς ὥραν, Jhn.5:35, al; πρὸς ὀλίγον, Jas.4:14. 3) Of relation (a) toward, with: Rom.5:1, 2Co.1:12, Col.4:5, 1Th.4:12, al; (b) with regard to: Mat.19:8, Mrk.12:12, Rom.8:31, al; (with) pertaining to, to: Mat.27:4, Jhn.21:22, Rom.15:17, Heb.2:17 5:1; (d) according to: Luk.12:47, 2Co.5:10, Gal.2:14, Eph.3:4 4:14; (e) in comparison with: Rom.8:18. IV. In composition: towards (προσέρχομαι), to (προσάγω), against (προσκόπτω), besides (προσδαπανάω). (AS)

Liddell-Scott-Jones

Word:

πρός

Transliteration:

pros

Gloss:

to/with

Morphhology:

Greek Preposition

Definition:

πρός, preposition, expressing direction, A) on the side of, in the direction of, hence with genitive, dative, and accusative, from, at, to: Epic dialect also προτί and ποτί, in [Refs 8th c.BC+] usually with accusative, more rarely with dative, and each only once with genitive, [Refs 8th c.BC+]:—dialectal forms: Doric dialectποτί (which see) and ποί, but Cretan dialect πορτί [Refs], Argive προτ(ί) [Refs 7th c.BC+] πός [Refs 4th c.BC+], also sometimes in Asia Minor in compounds, see at {ποσάγω},{ποσφέρω}; Aeolic dialect πρός [Refs 7th c.BC+]; πρές [Refs 6th c.AD+]; Pamphylian περτ (ί) [Refs] (With προτί, πρός cf. Sanskrit práti 'towards, near to, against, back, etc.', Slavonic protiv[ucaron], Lett. pret 'against', Latin pretium: ποτί (which see) and πός are not cognate) [Refs 4th c.BC+] refers to that from which something comes: A.I) of Place, from, ἵκετο ἠὲ π. ἠοίων ἦ ἑσπερίων ἀνθρώπων [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.I.2) on the side of, towards, νήσοισι πρὸς Ἤλιδος towards Elis, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; π. ἁλός, π. Θύμβρης, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; φυλακαὶ π. Αἰθιόπων, π. Ἀραβίων, π. Διβύης, on the frontier towards the Ethiopians, etc, [Refs 5th c.BC+] one on the north side, the other on the south side, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; π. τοῦ Τμώλου τετραμμένον τῆς πόλιος (in such phrases the accusative is more common) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀπὸ τῆσδε τῆς ὁδοῦ τὸ π. τοῦ λιμένος ἅπαν everything on the harbour-ward side of this road, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.I.3) before, in presence of, μάρτυροι ἔστων π. τε θεῶν μακάρων π. τε θνητῶν ἀνθρώπων [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ποίτοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος. ὑπίσχομαι probably in [Refs 4th c.BC+] A.I.3.b) in the eyes of, ἄδικον οὐδὲν οὔτε π. θεῶν οὔτε π. ἀνθρώπων [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὅσιος π. θεῶν Legal cited in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κατειπάτω. ἁγνῶς π. τοῦ θεοῦ if he wishes to be pure in the sight of the god, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ γὰρ καιρὸς π. ἀνθρώπων βραχὺ μέτρον ἔχει [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.I.4) in supplication or adjuration, before, and so, in the name of, σε. γουνάζομαι. π. τ᾽ ἀλόχου καὶ πατρός [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἱκετεύω, ἀντιβολῶ π. παίδων, π. γυναικῶν, etc, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: less frequently with other words, π. τῆς ἑστίας [Refs 5th c.BC+]: sometimes in questions, π. θεῶν, τίς οὕτως εὐήθης ἐστί; in heaven's name, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: sometimes in Trag. with the pronoun σε between preposition and case, π. νύν σε πατρὸς π. τε μητρός. ἱκνοῦμαι [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.I.5) of origin or descent, from, on the side of, γένος ἐξ Ἁλικαρνησσοῦ τὰ π. πατρός by the father's side, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πρόγονοι ἢ π. ἀνδρῶν ἢ γυναικῶν in the male or female line, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οἱ π. αἵματος blood-relations, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II) of effects proceeding from what cause soever: A.II.1) from, at the hand of, with Verbs of having, receiving, etc, ὡς ἂν. τιμὴν καὶ κῦδος ἄρηαι π. πάντων Δαναῶν [Refs 8th c.BC+] to have been taught by, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; αἴσχε᾽ ἀκούω π. Τρώων[Refs 5th c.BC+]; also λόγου οὐδενὸς γίνεσθαι π. τινῶν [Refs]; παθεῖν τι π. τινός at the hand of,[Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. τῆς τύχης ὄλωλεν[Refs 5th c.BC+]: with an adjective or substantive, τιμήεσσα π. πόσιος [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἄρκεσις π. ἀνδρός, δόξα π. ἀνθρώπων, [Refs 5th c.BC+] adverb, οἶμαι γὰρ ἂν οὐκ ἀχαρίστως μοι ἔχειν οὔτε π. ὑμῶν οὔτε π. τῆς Ἑλλάδος I shall meet with no ingratitude at your hands, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.2) of things, π. τίνος ποτ᾽ αἰτίας [τέθνηκεν]; from of by what cause? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. ἀμπλακημάτων by or by reason of, [Refs] A.III) of dependence or close connexion: hence, A.III.1) dependent on one, under one's protection, π. Διός εἰσι ξεῖνοί τε πτωχοί τε [Refs 8th c.BC+]; δικασπόλοι, οἵ τε θέμιστας π. Διὸς εἰρύαται by commission from him, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; π. ἄλλης ἱστὸν ὑφαίνοις at the bidding of another, [Refs] A.III.2) on one's side, in one's favour, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.IV) of that which is derivable from: hence, agreeable to, becoming, like, τὰ τοιαῦτα ἔργα οὐ π. τοῦ ἅπαντος ἀνδρὸς νενόμικα γίνεσθαι, ἀλλὰπ. ψυχῆς τε ἀγαθῆς καὶ ῥώμης ἀνδρηΐης [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἦ κάρτα π. γυναικὸς αἴρεσθαι κέαρ 'tis very like a woman, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. δίκης οὐδὲν τρέμων agreeably to justice, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐάν τι ἡμῖν π. λόγου ᾖ if it be at all to our purpose, [Refs 5th c.BC+]correctly, [Refs]; but π. τρόπου τι ὠνεῖσθαι buy at a reasonable price, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; π. ἀγαθοῦ, π. κακοῦ τινί ἐστι or γίγνεται, it is to one's advantage or otherwise, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; π. ἀτιμίας λαβεῖν τι to take a thing as an insult, regard it so, [Refs 1st c.AD+]; λαβεῖν τι π. ὀργῆς (variant{ὀργήν}) [Refs 1st c.AD+]; τῷ δήμῳ π. αἰσχύνης ἂν ἦν, π. ὀνείδους ἂν ἦν τῇ πόλει, [Refs 4th c.AD+] B) WITH DAT, it expresses proximity, hard by, near, at, ποτὶ γαίῃ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ποτὶ δρυσίν among the oaks, [Refs]; πρὸς ἄκμονι χαλκεύειν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἄγκυραν ποτὶ ναΐ κρημνάντων[Refs 5th c.BC+]; θακεῖν π. ναοῖς[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐς μάχην καθίστασθαι π. (variant ὑπ᾽) αὐτῇ τῇ πόλει [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ π. Αἰγίνῃ στράτευμα off Aegina, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Αίβυες οἱ π. Αἰγύπτῳ bordering on, [Refs]; τὸ π. ποσί that which is close to the feet, before one, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; θρηνεῖν ἐπῳδὰς π. πήματι over it, [Refs]; αἱ π. τῇ βάσει γωνίαι the angles at the base, [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.2) before, in the presence of, π. τοῖς θεσμοθέταις, π. τῷ διαιτητῇ λέγειν, [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.3) with Verbs denoting motion towards a place, upon, against, ποτὶ δὲ σκῆπτρον βάλε γαίῃ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; λιαζόμενον ποτὶ γαίῃ sinking on the ground, [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.4) sometimes with a notion of clinging closely, προτὶ οἷ λάβε clasped to him, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; π. δμῳαῖσι κλίνομαι fall into the arms of, [Refs 5th c.BC+]close to, [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.II) to express close engagement, at the point of, π. αὐτῷ γ᾽ εἰμὶ τῷ δεινῷ λέγειν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; engaged in or about, π. τῷ εἰρημένῳ λόγῳ ἦν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; διατρίβειν or σχολάζειν π. τινί, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὴν διάνοιαν, τὴν γνώμην ἔχειν π. τινί, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κατατάξαι αὐτὸν π. γράμμασιν, i.e. give him a post as clerk, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; ὁ π. τοῖς γράμμασι τεταγμένος [Refs 2nd c.BC+] B.III) to express union or addition, once in [Refs 8th c.BC+] and besides them sleep, [Refs 8th c.BC+]in addition to, [Refs 6th c.BC+]; π. ταῖς ἡμετέραις [τριήρεσι] [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κυβερνήτης π. τῇ σκυτοτομίᾳ in addition to his trade of leather-cutter, [Refs 5th c.BC+] besides his youth, [Refs]; π. τούτοισι besides this, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; rarely in singular, π. τούτῳ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. τοῖς ἄλλοις besides all the rest, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C) WITH ACCU[Refs 5th c.BC+] C.I) of Place, towards, to, with Verbs of Motion, ἰέναι π. Ὄλυμπον [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἰέναι π. δώματα, etc, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ῥίπτασκε ποτὶ νέφεα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἀπῆλθε πρὸς ἑαυτόν returned to his home, [LXX]; κληθῆναι π. τὸ δεῖπνον (rarer than ἐπὶ δεῖπνον) [Refs 1st c.AD+] C.I.2) with Verbs implying previous motion, upon, against, π. τεῖχος, π. κίονα ἐρείσας, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; χῶρον π. αὐτὸν τόνδ᾽ uncertain in [LXX+NT]; π. ὑμᾶς παραμενῶ with you, [NT]beside, [Refs] C.I.2.b) of addition, ποὶ τὰν στάλαν ποιγραψάνσθω τάδε [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἵππον προσετίθει πρὸς τοὔνομα [Refs 5th c.BC+]; προσεδαπάνησε π. τὸ μερισθὲν αὐτῷ εἰς τὸ ἔλαιον ἐκ τῶν ἰδίων over and above the sum allotted to him, [Refs]; προσετέθη π. τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ was gathered to his people, [LXX] C.I.3) with Verbs of seeing, looking, etc, towards, ἰδεῖν π. τινά [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὁρᾶν, ἀποβλέπειν π. τι or τινά, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; στάντε ποτὶ πνοιήν so as to face it, [Refs 8th c.BC+] against the wind, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; κλαίεσκε π. οὐρανόν cried to heaven, [Refs 8th c.BC+] lie towards the West, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; so in Prose, π. ἠῶ τε καὶ ἡλίου ἀνατολάς [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. ἥλιον facing the sun, and so, in the sunlight, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; so π. λύχνον by lamplight, [Refs 6th c.BC+]; π. φῶς in open day, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but, by torch-light, [Refs 1st c.AD+] C.I.4) in hostile sense, against, π. Τρῶας μάχεαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; π. δαίμονα against his will,[Refs 5th c.BC+]: also in argument, in reply to, ταῦτα π. τὸν Πιττακὸν εἴρηται [Refs 5th c.BC+]; and so in the titles of judicial speeches, πρός τινα in reply to, less strong than κατά τινος against or in accusation, [Refs 4th c.BC+] C.I.5) without any hostile sense, π. ἀλλήλους ἔπεα πτερόεντ᾽ ἀγόρευον [Refs 8th c.BC+]; π.ξεῖνον φάσθαι ἔπος ἠδ᾽ ἐπακοῦσαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; λέγειν, εἰπεῖν, φράζειν π. τινά, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὤμοσε δὲ π. ἔμ᾽ αὐτόν he swore to me, [Refs 8th c.BC+] sometimes governs the reflexive pronoun, διαλογίζεσθαι π. ὑμᾶς αὐτούς [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἀναμνήσθητε, ἐνθυμήθητε π. ὑμᾶς αὐτούς, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μινύρεσθαι, ἄδειν π. ἑαυτόν, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.I.5.b) π. σφέας ἔχειν δοκέουσι, i.e. they think they are pregnant, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.I.6) of various kinds of intercourse or reciprocal action, π. Διομήδεα τεύχε᾽ ἄμειβεν changed arms with Diomedes, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; σπονδάς, συνθήκας ποιεῖσθαι π. τινά, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; διαλέγεσθαι π. τινά converse with, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; διαλογίζεσθαι π. τινά balance accounts with, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἃ ἔχει διελόμενος π. τὸν ἀδελφόν [Refs 4th c.BC+] C.I.6.b) in phrases of the form ἡ π. τινὰ εὔνοια (ἔχθρα, etc.), π. sometimes means towards, as ἡ π. αὑτοὺς φιλία the affection of their wives towards or for them, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; φυσικαὶ τοκέων στοργαὶ π. τέκνα ποθεινά [Refs]: but sometimes at the hands of, ἡ π. τὸ θεῖον εὐμένεια the favour of the gods, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; φθόνος τοῖς ζῶσι π. τὸ ἀντίπαλον jealousy is incurred by the living at the hands of their rivals, [Refs]; τὴν ἀπέχθειαν τὴν π. Θηβαίους. τῇ πόλει γενέσθαι the hostility incurred by Athens at the hands of the Thebans, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τῇ φιλίᾳ τῇ π. τὸν τετελευτηκότα the friendship with (not 'affection for') the deceased, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τῷ φόβῳ τῷ π. ὑμᾶς the fear inspired by you, [Refs]; τῇ π. Ῥωμαίους εὐνοία his popularity with the Romans, [Refs 2nd c.BC+] C.I.7) of legal or other business transacted before a magistrate, witness, etc, τάδε ὁ σύλλογος ἐβουλεύσατο. π. μνήμονας [Refs 5th c.BC+] before a jury, ἔστι δὲ τούτοις μὲν π. ὑμᾶς ἁγών, ὑμῖν δὲ π. ἅπασαν τὴν πόλιν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; before a witness to whom an appeal for corroboration is made, [Refs]; φέρρεν αὐτὸν πὸ (τ) τὸν Δία in the eyes of Zeus, [Refs]; λαχεῖν πρὸς τὸν ἄρχοντα, γράφεσθαι π. τοὺς θεσμοθέτας, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; θέντων τὰ. ποτήρια. π. Πολύχαρμον having pawned the cups with P, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; also διαβάλλειν τινὰ π. τοὺς πολλούς [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.II) of Time, towards or near a certain time, at or about, ποτὶ ἕσπερα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ποτ᾽ ὄρθρον (nisi to be read πότορθρον) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π.ἀῶ ἐγρέσθαι, π. ἡμέραν ἐξεγρέσθαι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. γῆρας, π. τὸ γῆρας, in old age, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. εὐάνθεμον φυάν in the bloom of life, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μέχρις ὅτου π. γυναῖκας ὦσι, i.e.of marriageable age, [Refs] for the moment, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; see below 111.5. C.III) of Relation between two objects, C.III.1) in reference to, in respect of, touching, τὰ π. τὸν πόλεμον military matters, equipments, etc, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ π. τὸν βασιλέα our relations to the King, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τὰ π. βασιλέα πράγματα the negotiations with the King, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ π. τοὺς θεούς our relations, i.e. duties, to the gods, [Refs 5th c.BC+]in respect of, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἕτερος λόγος, οὐ π. ἐμέ that is another matter, and does not concern me, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τῶν φορέτρων ὄντων π. ἐμέ freightage shall be my concern, i.e. borne by me, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; π. τοῦτον ἦν ἡ τῶν διαφόρων πρᾶξις [LXX]; ἐὰν. βοᾷ καὶ σχετλιάζῃ μηδὲν π. τὸ πρᾶγμα, nihil ad rem, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; οὐδὲν π. τὸν Διόνυσον Prov. cited in [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; οὐδὲν αὐτῷ π. τὴν πόλιν ἐστίν he owes no reckoning to the State, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἔσται αὐτῷ π. τὸν Θεόν (i.e. ὁ λόγος) he shall have to reckon with God, [Refs]; ἔσται π. τὴν Τριάδαν [Refs]; π. πολλοὺς ἔχων ἀγωνιστάς [Refs] see at {ὅσα μῦς ἐν πίσσῃ},[NT+5th c.BC+]; [τὸ or τὰ] πρός τι, the relative term or terms, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τὸ π. τι, [Refs 4th c.BC+] name for two, [Refs]; π. ἡμᾶς relatively to us, opposed to ἁπλῶς, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὀρθὸς πρός or ποτί with accusative, perpendicular to, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] C.III.2) in reference to, in consequence of, πρὸς τοῦτο τὸ κήρυγμα [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. τὴν φήμην in view of, [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc: with neuter pronoun, π. τ; wherefore? to what end? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. οὐδέν for nothing, in vain, [Refs]; π. οὐδὲν ἀναγκαῖον unnecessarily, [Refs 8th c.BC+]therefore, this being so, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.III.3) in reference to or for a purpose, ἕστηκεν. μῆλα π. σφαγάς [Refs 4th c.BC+]; χρήσιμος, ἱκανὸς π. τι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ποιεῖ π. ἐπιλημπτικούς is efficacious for cases of epilepsy, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.III.3.b) with a view to or for a future time, ὅπως. γράμματα δῷ π. ἢν ἂν ἡμέραν ἑκάτεροι παραγίνωνται [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; θαυμάζεται τὰ Περικλέους ἔργα π. πολὺν χρόνον ἐν ὀλίγῳ γενόμενα [Refs 1st c.AD+] C.III.3.c) ={πρός} [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.III.4) in proportion or relation to, in comparison with, κοῖός τις δοκέοι ἀνὴρ εἶναι π. τὸν πατέρα Κῦρον [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. τὰς μεγίστας καὶ ἐλαχίστας ναῦς τὸ μέσον σκοπεῖν the mean between, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πρὸς παρεὸν. μῆτις ἀέξεται ἀνθρώποισι in proportion to the existing (physical development), [Refs 5th c.BC+] sells twice against or relatively to silver, i.e. for twice its weight in silver, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; [ἡ μαργαρῖτις λίθος] πωλεῖται. π. χρυσίον for its weight in gold, Androsthenes cited in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὅπως π. τὰς τιμὰς τῶν κριθῶν τὰ ἄλφιτα πωλήσουσι on the basis of the price of barley, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἐξέστω αὐτοῦ ἀπογραφὴ τῆς οὐσίας π. τοῦτο τὸ ἀργύριον Ἀθηναίων τῷ βουλομένῳ property equal in value to this silver, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; τῶν ἐγγύων τῶν ἐγγυωμένων π. [αὐτὰ] τὰ κτήματα [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; θέντων τὰ ποτήρια π. χρυσοῦς ἑκατόν [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; τοὺς ἀπαγομένους εἰς φυλακὴν π. τὰ χρέα imprisoned for debt, [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; τοὺς π. καταδίκας ἐκπεπτωκότας [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; ἐγδίδομεν τὸ ἔργον. π. χαλκόν [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; οἷον π. ἀργύριον τὴν δόξαν τὰς ψυχὰς ἀποδιδόμενοι [Refs 4th c.AD+]; π. ἅλας ἠγορασμένος, i.e. 'dirt cheap', [Refs 4th c.BC+] i.e. dine frugally, take pot-luck, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of measurements of time by the flow from the clepsydra, π. ἕνδεκα ἀμφορέας ἐν διαμεμετρημένῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ κρίνομαι [Refs 4th c.BC+]; π. κλεψύδραν Eub.p.182 K, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; hence later, π. ὀλίγον for a short time, ἐπανεῖναι π. ὀλίγον τὴν πολιορκίαν [Refs 1st c.AD+]; π.ὀλίγον καιρόν, χρόνον, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]Prooem; π. ὀλίγον ἐστὶ τὸ ζῆν poetical in [Refs]; π. βραχύ [Refs 4th c.AD+] (by) a little past their best, [Refs 1st c.AD+]; π.μόνην τὴν ἐνεστῶσαν ἡμέραν [Refs 2nd c.AD+] C.III.5) in or by reference to, according to, in view of, π. τὸ παρεὸν βουλεύεσθαι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοῖς π. ὑμᾶς ζῶσι those who live with your interests in view, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τὸ παιδεύεσθαι π. τὰς πολιτείας suitably to them, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁρῶ. ἅπαντας π. τὴν παροῦσαν δύναμιν τῶν δικαίων ἀξιουμένους according to their power, [Refs 4th c.BC+]according to, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πὸς τὰς συνθέσις in accordance with the agreements, [Refs 4th c.AD+]; τὸν δικαστὰν ὀμνύντα κρῖναι πορτὶ τὰ μωλιόμενα having regard to the pleadings, [Refs], compare 9.30; αἱ ἀρχαὶ. πρὸς τὰ κατεσκευασμένα σύμβολα σηκώματα ποιησάμεναι after making weights and measures in accordance with, or by reference to, the established standards, [Refs]; π. τὰ στάθμια τὰ ἐν τῷ ἀργυροκοπίῳ as measured by the weights in the mint, [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; [Εόλων] ἐποίησε σταθμὰ π. τὸ νόμισμα made (trade-) weights on the basis of (i.e. proportional to) the coinage, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; π. τὸ δικαιότατον in accordance with the most just principle, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] C.III.6) with the accompaniment of musical instruments, π. κάλαμον [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. αὐλόν or τὸν αὐλόν, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. ῥυθμὸν ἐμβαίνειν to step in time, [Refs 1st c.BC+] C.III.7) πρός c.accusative frequently periphrastic for adverb, π. βίαν, = βιαίως, under compulsion, νῦν χρὴ. τινα π. βίαν πώνην [Refs 7th c.BC+]; ἥκω. π. βίαν under compulsion, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; by force, forcibly, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; οὐ π. βίαν τινός not forced by any one, [Refs] (but also, in spite of any one, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. ἀλκήν, π. ἀνάγκαν, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. ἡδονὴν λέγειν, δημηγορεῖν, so as to please, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; λούσασθαι τὸ σῶμα π. ἡδ. as much or little as one like s, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. τὸ τερπνόν calculated to delight, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. χάριν so as to gratify, μήτε π. ἔχθραν ποιεῖσθαι λόγον μήτε π. χ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] with genitive _of things_, π. χάριν τινός for the sake of, π. χ. βορᾶς [Refs 5th c.BC+]by means of, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. ὀργήν with anger, angrily, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. τὸ λιπαρές importunately, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. καιρόν seasonably, [Refs]; π. εὐτέλειαν cheaply, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; π. μέρος in due proportion, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τέτραπτο π. ἰθύ οἱ straight towards him, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; π. ὀρθὰς (i.e. γωνίας (. τῇ AEB at right angles to, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; π. ἀχθηδόνα, π. ἀπέχθειαν, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; γυνὴ π. ἀλήθειαν οὖσα in truth a woman, a very woman, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] in the highest degree, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.III.8) of Numbers. up to, about, [Refs 2nd c.BC+] D) AB[Refs 5th c.BC+] AS adverb, besides, over and above; in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; frequently at the end of a second clause, τάδε λέγω, δράσω τε π. [Refs 5th c.BC+] E) IN COMPOSITION (joined with other words), E.I) motion towards, as προσάγω, προσέρχομαι, etc. E.II) addition, besides, as προσκτάομαι, προσδίδωμι, προστίθημι, etc. E.III) a being on, at, by, or beside: hence, a remaining beside, and metaphorically connexion and engagement with anything, as πρόσειμι, προσγίγνομαι, etc. F) REMARKS, F.1) in poetry πρός sometimes stands after its case and before an attribute, ποίμνας βουστάσεις τε π. πατρός [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἄστυ πότι (or ποτὶ) σφέτερον [Refs 8th c.BC+] F.2) in [Refs 8th c.BC+] F.3) sometimes (in violation of the rule given by [Refs 2nd c.AD+] followed by an enclitic pronoun, πρός με [Refs 5th c.BC+]

Strongs

Word:

πρός

Transliteration:

prós

Pronounciation:

pros

Language:

Greek

Morphhology:

Preposition

Definition:

a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated); about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in); a strengthened form of g4253 (πρό)

one another;

Strongs:

g240

Lexicon:

ἀλλήλων

Greek:

ἀλλήλους·

Transliteration:

allēlous

Usage:

101 times in 21 books, 66 chapters, and 95 verses

Context:

Next word

Toggle Lexicon

What

Strongs:

g5101

Lexicon:

τίς

Greek:

τί

Transliteration:

ti

Usage:

574 times in 21 books, 175 chapters, and 521 verses

Context:

Next word

Toggle Lexicon

Gloss:

which?

Morphhology:

Interrogative pronoun Nominative Singular Neuter

Grammar:

a question referring to a neuter person or thing that is doing something

Source:

[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources

Editions:

NA28, NA27, Tyn, SBL, WH, Treg, TR, Byz

Tyndale

Word:

τίς

Transliteration:

tis

Gloss:

which?

Morphhology:

Greek Interogative

Definition:

τίς, neut, τί, genitive, τίνος, interrog. pron., [in LXX for מָה,מִי;] in masc. and fem, who, which, what?; in neut, which, what?, used both in direct and in indirect questions. I. I. As subst, 1) 1. masc, fem: τίς; who, what?, Mat.3:7 26:68; Mrk.11:28, Luk.9:9, al. mult; with genitive partit, Act.7:52, Heb.1:5, al; before ἐκ (= genitive partit.), Mat.6:27, Luk.14:28, Jhn.8:46; = ποῖος, Mrk.4:41 6:2, Luk.19:3, Act.17:19, al; = πότερος (M, Pr., 77), Mat.21:31 27:17, Luk.22:27, al; = ὅς or ὅστις (rare in cl; cf. Bl, §50, 5; M, Pr., 93), Act.13:25. 2) Neut: τί; what?, Mat.5:47 11:7, Mrk.10:3, al; χάριν τίνος, 1Jn.3:12; διὰ τί, Mat.9:11, al; εἰς τί, Mat.14:31, al; elliptically, ἵνα τί (sc. γένηται), why, Mat.9:5, al; τί οὖν, Rom.3:9 6:1, 15 1Co.14:15, al; τί γάρ, Rom.3:3, Phi 1:18; τί ἐμοὶ (ὑμῖν) καὶ σοί, see: ἔγω. II. As adj: who? what? which?, Mat.5:46, Luk.14:31, Jhn.2:18, al. III. As adv: = διὰ τι (τί ὅτι), why, Mat.6:28, Mrk.4:40, Luk.6:46, Jhn.18:23, al; in rhet. questions, = a negation, Mat.27:4, Jhn.21:22, 23 1Co.5:12 7:16, al. in exclamations (like Heb. מָה), how (2Ki.6:20, Psa.3:2, al.), Luk.12:49. (AS)

Liddell-Scott-Jones

Word:

τίς

Transliteration:

tis

Gloss:

which?

Morphhology:

Greek Interogative

Definition:

τίς B) Interrog. pronoun τίς, Elean and Laconian dialect τίρ (which see), τί:—genitive Epic dialect and Ionic dialect τέο [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Trag. and Attic dialect τοῦ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Ionic dialect, Trag, and Attic dialect τίνος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; dative Ionic dialect τέῳ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; no dative in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Trag. and Attic dialect τῷ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Aeolic dialect τίῳ [Refs 7th c.BC+]; τίνι first in [NT+8th c.BC+]; genitive Epic dialect τέων [Refs 8th c.BC+], and as monosyllable [Refs]; Trag. and Attic dialect τίνων [Refs 5th c.BC+]; dative τίσι first in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Ionic dialect τέοισι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Aeolic dialect τίοισι [Refs 7th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect τά [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Megarian dialect σά [Refs 5th c.BC+]: of the plural [Refs 8th c.BC+] with genitive τέω; ποῖος (what? which?) is sometimes preferred (especially in neuter plural) to the adjective τίς, e.g. τὰ ποῖα ταῦτα χρήματ; [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I) in direct questions, who? which? neuter what? which? ὦ ξεῖνοι, τίνες ἐστ; [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τίς ἀχώ, τίς ὀδμὰ προσέπτα μ᾽ ἀφεγγή; [Refs 4th c.BC+]; properly at the beginning of the sentence; but this position may be varied, B.I.a) for grammatical reasons, as between the Article and participle or noun, τοὺς τί ποιοῦντας τὸ ὄνομα τοῦτο ἀποκαλοῦσι; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τῆς περὶ τί πειθοῦς ἡ ῥητορική ἐστιν τέχν; [Refs]; ὁ σοφιστὴς τῶν τί σοφῶν ἐστι; [Refs] B.I.b) for emphasis, ἃ δ᾽ ἐννέπεις, κλύουσα τοῦ λέγει; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πόλις τε ἀφισταμένη τίς πω. τούτῳ ἐπεχείρησ; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; especially when the Verb begins the sentence, δράσεις δὲ δὴ τ; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἦλθες δὲ κατὰ τ; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; διαφέρει δὲ τ; [Refs 8th c.BC+]; and of things or conditions, τί is frequently with the genitive singular, of all genders, πρὸς τί χρεία; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐλπίδων ἐς τ; [Refs] B.I.2) sometimes as the predicate, τίς ὀνομάζετα; what is he named? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; so also may be explained the union of τίς with a demonstrative or possessive pronoun, or with a Noun preceded by the Article, τί τοῦτ᾽ ἔλεξα; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τί ἐστι τουτ; τίς ὁ τρόπος τοῦ τάγματο; [Refs]; also with pronoun in plural, τί ταῦτ; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τί γὰρ τάδ᾽ ἐστί; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τί ποτ᾽ ἐστίν, ἂ διανοούμεθ; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τί ποτ᾽ ἐστὶ ταῦτα[Refs]; so τί is used as predicate of a masculine or feminine subject, τί νιν προσείπ; [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τί σοι φαίνεται ὁ νεανίσκο; [Refs 5th c.BC+] —also τίς δ᾽ ὅδε Ναυσικάᾳ ἕπεται; who is this that follows N? [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τίς δ᾽ οὗτος ἔρχεα; [Refs 8th c.BC+]; and in the reverse order, τήνδε τίνα λεύσσω; who is this I see? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τίνι οὖν τοιούτῳ φίλους ἂν θηρῴη; with what means of such kind? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τί τοσοῦτον νομίζοντες ἠδικῆσθα; [Refs]; τί με τὸ δεινὸν ἐργάσ; what is the dreadful thing which? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τίν᾽ ὄψιν σὴν προσδέρκομα; what face is this I see of thine? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; παρὰ τίνας τοὺς ὑμᾶ; who are 'you' to whom [I am to come]? [Refs 5th c.BC+] —the _Article_ is exceptionally added to τίς, when it leads up to a word which requires the Article, ληφθήσει. Πανήμου εἰκάδι· καὶ Λῴου τῇ--τίν; τῇ δεκάτῃ on the twentieth of the month Panemus and of Loüs on the --what day? the tenth, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] —in Comedy texts also τὸ τί; what is that? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοῦ τίνος χάρι; [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; and with plural Article, τὰ τ; [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.3) with properly names treated as appellatives (see. τις indefinite [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τίς σε Θηρικλῆς ποτε ἔτευξ; [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τίς. Χίμαιρα πύρπνοο; [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.4) τίς ἂν θεῶν. δοί; like{πῶς ἄν}, would that some one. , [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.5) a question with τίς often amounts to a strong negation, τῶν δ᾽ ἄλλων τίς κεν οὐνόματ᾽ εἴπο; [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τίς ἂν ἐξεύροι ποτ᾽ ἄμεινο; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τίνες ἂν δικαιότερον. μισοῖντ; [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.6) sometimes two questions are asked in one clause by different cases of τί; ἡ τίσιν τί ἀποδιδοῦσα τέχνη δικαιοσύνη ἂν καλοῖτ; [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.I.7) τίς with Particles:—τίς γά; why who? who possibly? τίς γάρ σε θεῶν. ἧκε; [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.I.7.b) τίς δ; ὦ κοῦραι, τίς δ᾽ ὔμμιν. πωλεῖτα; [Refs] B.I.7.c) τίς δ; who then? τίς δή κεν βροτὸς. ἅζοιτ᾽ ἀθανάτους [Refs 6th c.BC+]; τίς δῆτ; [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.7.d) τίς ποτ; who in the world? who ever? τίς ποτ᾽ ὢν γενεὰν καὶ ποίαν τινὰ φύσιν ἔχω; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τίς δήποτ; [Refs] B.I.8) the usages of the neuter τ; are very various: B.I.8.a) τ; alone, as a simple question, what? τί γά; [Refs 4th c.BC+]:—on ὅτι τ; ὅτι τί δ; ὅτι δὴ τ; see at {ὅτι} [Refs 5th c.BC+]; on ὡς τ; see {ὡς} F.1. B.I.8.b) τί τοῦτ; τί ταῦτ; see above 2. B.I.8.c) τί μο; τί σο; what is it to me? to thee? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; with genitive, τί μοι ἔριδος καὶ ἀρωγῆ; what have I to do with? [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τί δέ σοι ταῦτ; [Refs 5th c.BC+] (where the answerer repeats the question in indirect form, ὅ τί μοι τοῦτ᾽ ἔστι;); ἀλλὰ δὴ τί τοῦτ᾽ ἐμο; [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σο; what have I to do with thee? [LXX+2nd c.AD+]; τί σοὶ καὶ εἰρήν; [LXX]; τί πρὸσσ; [NT+2nd c.AD+]; σοὶ δὲ καὶ τούτοισι τοῖσι πρήγμασι τί ἐστ; what have you to do with these matters? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τί τῷ νόμῳ καὶ τῇ βασάν; [Refs 4th c.BC+]; or with infinitive, τί γάρ μοι τοὺς ἔξω κρίνει; [NT] B.I.8.d) τίμαθώ; τί παθώ; see at {μανθάνω} see, πάσχω [Refs] B.I.8.e) τ; also often stands absolutely as adverb how? why? wherefore? [Refs 8th c.BC+]; so too in Attic dialect, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; δόμων γὰρ ζῶσι τῶνδε δεσπόται. Answ. τί ζῶσι; how do you mean ζῶσι ζῶσι forsooth! [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Κιθαιρὼν--Answ. τί Κιθαιρώ; what aboutK? [Refs]; compare τίη. B.I.8.f) τί with Particles: -τί γά; why not? how else? and so it came to mean of course, no doubt, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; used in affirmative answers, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; to introduce an argument, [Refs 4th c.BC+] —τί δαί; see at {δαί}:—τί δ; serving to pass on quickly to a fresh point, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τί δέ, εἰ; but what, if? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τί δ᾽ ἄν, εἰ; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τί δ᾽ ἢν; [Refs]; τί δέ, εἰ μὴ; what else but? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; so τί δὲ δ; τί δ; τί δή ποτ; why ever? why in the world? what do you mean? [Refs 5th c.BC+] —so also τί δῆτα; how, pray? τί δῆτ᾽ ἄν, εἰ; [Refs 5th c.BC+] — (τί μή; falsa lectio in [Refs 5th c.BC+] —τί μήν; i.e. yes certainly, much like{τί γάρ}; [Refs 5th c.BC+] —τί μὴν οὔ; in reply to a question, [Refs] —τί νυ; why now? [Refs 8th c.BC+] —τί δ᾽ οὔ; parenthetic, why not? as an affirmative answer, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τί οὐ καλοῦμε; i.e. let us call, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τί οὐ βαδίζομε; etc, [Refs 5th c.BC+] —τί οὖν; how so? making an objection, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τί οὖν οὐκ ἐρωτᾷ; [Refs 5th c.BC+] —τί ποτε; see at {τίπτε}; B.I.8.g) with Conjunctions following:—τί ὅτι; why is it that? [NT+5th c.BC+]; see at {ἵνα} [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.8.h) with Preps:—διὰ τ; wherefore? [Refs 5th c.BC+] —ἐκ τίνος; from what cause? [Refs 5th c.BC+] —ἐς τί; to what point? how long? [Refs 8th c.BC+]; but also, to what end? [Refs 5th c.BC+] —κατὰ τί; for what purpose? [Refs 5th c.BC+] —πρὸς τί; wherefore? [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II) τίς is sometimes used for ὅστις in indirect questions, εἰρώτα δὴ ἔπειτα τίς εἴη καὶ πόθεν ἔλθοι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οὐκ ἔχω τί φῶ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; frequently in later Gr, where ὅστις is very rare, εἰς τὸ λογιστήριον γράφων. τί ὀφείλεται [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; οὐθεὶς ἐσήμηνεν παρὰ τί ἂν τοῖς προστεταγμένοις. οὐ κατηκολούθησαν nobody indicated why they should not have obeyed orders, [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; ὅστις and τίς are sometimes combined, ὡς πύθοιθ᾽ ὅ τι δρῶν ἢ τί φωνῶν ῥυσαίμην [Refs 5th c.BC+] —later with infinitive, τί πράττειν οὐκ ἔχω I do not know what to do, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II.b) sometimes not in indirect questions, whoever, whatever, αἰτοῦ τί χρῄζεις ἕν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ταῦτα οὐκ ἀπέστελλον πάντα, ἀλλ᾽ ἐκλεγόμενοι τίνων αἱ τιμαὶ ἐπετέταντο whatever things had risen in price, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τίνα δ᾽ ἁ Κύπρις οὐκ ἐφίλησεν whomsoever K. has not loved, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; τίνι ἡ τύχη δίδωσι, λαβέτω Antiochusap.[Refs 3rd c.BC+], see above[Refs 4th c.BC+]; τίς σοφός, αὐτῷ προσκολλήθητι [LXX+NT]; τίς σοφίῃ πάντων πρῶτος, τούτου τρίποδ᾽ αὐδῶ Oracle texts cited in [Refs 1st c.BC+] Cobet from [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in other places, as [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II.c) τίς ={ὅστις} after a negative, μή τίς ἐστιν ἐν ὑμῖν ἀνὴρ ἢ γυνὴ, τίνος ἡ διάνοια ἐξέκλινεν κτλ; [LXX] B.II.d) = {ὅς} or ὅσπερ, τέων. Ζεὺς ἐπὶ σαλπίγγων ἱρὰ βοῇ δέχεται Κᾶρες ὁμοῦ Λελέγεσσι [Refs 3rd c.BC+], compare 5.2,8; τίνας ἱερεωσύνας εἶχον ἐπενεγύων [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; τίνα με ὑπονοεῖτε εἶναι, οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐγώ [NT]; τίς ἔζησεν ἔτη β who lived, [Refs]; εὗρον γεωργόν, τίς αὐτὰ ἑλκύσῃ [Refs 2nd c.AD+] B.II.2) τί; τ; in direct or indirect questions may be construed with a participle, σὺ δὲ τίς ὢν ταῦτα λέγει; being who, i.e. who are you that? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; καταμεμάθηκας. τοὺς τί ποιοῦντας τὸ ὄνομα τοῦτο ἀποκαλοῦσ; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; νῦν δ᾽ ἐπειδὴ τίνος τέχνης ἐπιστήμων ἐστί, τίνα ἂν καλοῦντες αὐτὸν ὀρθῶς καλοῖμε; [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.III) = {πότερος}; [NT+5th c.BC+] B.IV) τί as exclamatory adverb, how. ! τί ὡραιώθησαν σιαγόνες σου ὡς τρυγόνες [LXX]; τί θέλω how I wish! [NT]; τί στενή variant in [NT] C) Prosody: τις and τίς keep ῐ in all cases (digamma operates in [Refs 8th c.BC+] C.II) τί was never elided; but hiatus is allowed after τί in Epic dialect τί ἢ (see. τίη), also in Comedy texts, as τί ο; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τί οὖ; [Refs]; τί ἔστ; [Refs]; τί, ὦ πάτε; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τί οὖ; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τί εἶπα; [Refs]

Strongs

Word:

τίς

Transliteration:

tís

Pronounciation:

tis

Language:

Greek

Definition:

an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions); every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why; probably emphatic of g5100 (τὶς)

is

Strongs:

g1510

Lexicon:

εἰμί

Greek:

ἐστιν

Transliteration:

estin

Usage:

2412 times in 27 books, 253 chapters, and 2037 verses

Context:

Next word

Toggle Lexicon

this

Strongs:

g3778

Lexicon:

οὗτος

Greek:

τοῦτο

Transliteration:

touto

Usage:

1425 times in 27 books, 244 chapters, and 1292 verses

Context:

Next word

Toggle Lexicon

Gloss:

this/he/she/it

Morphhology:

Demonstrative pronoun Nominative Singular Neuter

Grammar:

a reference to SPECIFIC a neuter person or thing that is doing something

Source:

[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources

Editions:

NA28, NA27, Tyn, SBL, WH, Treg, TR, Byz

Alternates:

g5124

Tyndale

Word:

οὗτος

Transliteration:

ohutos

Gloss:

this/he/she/it

Morphhology:

Greek Demonstrative Pronoun

Definition:

οὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο, genitive, τούτου, ταύτης, τούτου, [in LXX chiefly for זֹאת,זֶה;] demonstr. pron. (related to ἐκεῖνος as hic to ille), this; 1) as subst, this one, he; (a) absol: Mat.3:17, Mrk.9:7, Luk.7:44, 45, Jhn.1:15, Act.2:15, al; expressing contempt (cl.), Mat.13:55, 56, Mrk.6:2, 3, Jhn.6:42, al; εἰς τοῦτο, Mrk.1:38, Rom.14:9; μετὰ τοῦτο (ταῦτα; V. Westc. on Jhn.5:1), Jhn.2:12 11:7, al; (b) epanaleptic (referring to what precedes): Mat.5:19, Mrk.3:35, Luk.9:48, Jhn.6:46, Rom.7:10, al; (with) proleptic (referring to what follows): before ἵνα (Bl, §69, 6), Luk.1:43, Jhn.3:19 (and freq.) 15:8, Rom.14:9, al; before ὅτι, Luk.10:11, Jhn.9:3 o, Act.24:14, Rom.2:3, al; ὅπως, Rom.9:17; ἐάν, Jhn.13:35; (d) special idioms: τοῦτο μὲν. τ. δέ (cl), partly. partly. Heb.10:33; καὶ τοῦτο (τοῦτον, ταῦτα), and that (him) too, Rom.13:11, 1Co.2:2, Heb.11:12; τοῦτ᾽ ἐστιν, Mat.27:46. 2) As adj, with subst; (a) with art. (α) before the art: Mat.12:32, Mrk.9:29, Luk.7:44, Jhn.4:15, Rom.11:24, Rev.19:9, al; (β) after the noun: Mat.3:9, Mrk.12:16, Luk.11:31, Jhn.4:13, Act.6:13, Rom.15:28, 1Co.1:20, Rev.2:24, al; (b) with subst. anarth. (with predicative force; Bl, §49, 4): Luk.1:36 2:2 24:21, Jhn.2:11 4:54 21:14, 2Co.13:1. (AS)

Liddell-Scott-Jones

Word:

οὗτος

Transliteration:

ohutos

Gloss:

this/he/she/it

Morphhology:

Greek Demonstrative Pronoun

Definition:

οὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο, genitive τούτου, ταύτης, τούτου, etc: the dual feminine never in Attic dialect, see ὁ, ἡ, τό, [near the start]:—demonstrative pronoun, this, common from [Refs 8th c.BC+] A) ORIGIN and FORMS: οὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο probably arose from a reduplication of the demonstrative ὁ, ἡ, τό with insertion of -υ- (= Sanskrit Particle u), e.g. ταῦτα from τα-υ-τα: Doric dialect genitive singular feminine τούτας [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc, the latter is uncertain in [Refs 5th c.BC+], as genitive singular neuter οὕτω [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; accusative singular feminine οὕταν [Refs 6th c.BC+] —In _Attic dialect_ οὗτος was frequently strengthened by the _demonstrative_ -ί, οὑτοσί, αὑτηί, τουτί, _genitive_ τουτουί, _dative_ τουτῳί, _accusative_ τουτονί; plural nominative οὑτοιί, neuter ταυτί, etc, this man here: sometimes a Particle is inserted between the pronoun and -ί, as αὑτηγί for αὑτηί γε, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τουτογί for τουτί γε, [Refs]; ταυταγί for ταυτί γε, [Refs]; τουτοδί for τουτὶ δέ, [Refs]; τουτουμενί for τουτουὶ μέν, [Refs] —In codices the ν ἐφελκυστικόν is sometimes added in the forms οὑτοσίν, οὑτωσίν, and οὑτοσίν is said to be Attic dialect by [Refs 2nd c.AD+]. [This ι is always long, and a long vowel or diphthong before it becomes short, as αὑτη?~Xί, τουτω?~Xί, οὑτοῐί, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B) USAGE in regard to CONCOR[Refs 4th c.BC+] is frequently used as a pronoun substantive: hence neuter is followed by genitive, κατὰ τοῦτο τῆς ἀκροπόλιος [Refs 5th c.BC+] adjective, in which case its substantive commonly takes the Article, οὗτος ὁ ἀνήρ or ὁ ἀνὴρ οὗτος.—But the Article is absent, B.1) always in Epic dialect Poets (except [Refs 8th c.BC+]: sometimes also in Trag, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.2) sometimes when the Noun is so specified that the Article is not needed, ἐς γῆν ταύτην, ἥντινα νῦν Σκύθαι νέμονται [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.3) when οὗτος is used in local sense, here, see below with [Refs] B.4) when the Noun with which οὗτος agrees stands as its Predicate, αὕτη γὰρ ἦν σοι πρόφασις [Refs 5th c.BC+]; δικαστοῦ αὕτη ἀρετή [ἐστι] [Refs 5th c.BC+] these were the grievances which already existed, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ταύτην φήμην παρέδοσαν this was the report which, [Refs 5th c.BC+] this was notably the greatest movement which, [NT+5th c.BC+] B.5) when 3rd pers. is used for 2nd pers. to express contempt, οὗτος ἀνήρ, οὑτοσὶ ἀνήρ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II) though οὗτος usually agrees with the Noun that serves as Predicate, it is not rare to find it in the neuter, μανία δὲ καὶ τοῦτ᾽ ἐστί [Refs 5th c.BC+]: and in plural, οὐκ ἔστι ταῦτα ἀρχή [Refs 4th c.BC+]: so with an explanatory clause added, τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν ὁ συκοφάντης, αἰτιᾶσθαι μὲν πάντα ἐξελέγξαι δὲ μηδέν [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.II.2) so also with a Noun in apposition, τούτοισιν μὲν ταῦτα μέλει, κίθαρις καὶ ἀοιδή [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.II.3) the neuter also may refer to a masculine or feminine Noun, καρπὸν φορέει κυάμῳ ἴσον: τοῦτο ἐπεὰν γένηται πέπον κτλ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II.4) the neuter is also used of classes of persons, μελιτοπῶλαι καὶ τυροπῶλαι: τοῦτο δ᾽ εἰς ἕν ἐστι συγκεκυφός [Refs 5th c.BC+]; or of an abstract fact, οὐκ Ἰοφῶν ζ;—τοῦτο γάρ τοι καὶ μόνον ἔτ᾽ ἐστὶ λοιπὸν ἀγαθόν [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.III) with Prons, B.III.1) personal, οὗτος σύ, in local sense, see below B.III.2) interrogative, τί τοῦτ᾽ ἔλεξα; what is this that? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ποίοισι τούτοι; for ποῖά ἐστι ταῦτα οἷς [ἔχεις ἐλπίδα]; [Refs]; Νέστορ᾽ ἔρειο ὅν τινα τοῦτον ἄγει whom he brings here, [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.III.3) with οἷος, [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.III.4) possessive, πατὴρ σὸς οὗτος this father of thine, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.III.5) demonstrative, οὗτος ἐκεῖνος, τὸν σὺ ζητέεις, where ἐκεῖνος is the Predicate, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοῦτον τὸν αὐτὸν ἄνδρα this same man, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.III.5.b) exceptionally, Διφίλου οὗτος ὅδ᾽ ἐστὶ τύπος [Refs] B.III.6) ἄλλος τις οὗτος ἀνέστη another man here, [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.IV) with Numerals, τέθνηκε ταῦτα τρία ἔτη these three years, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; [στρατείαν] ἑνδέκατον μῆνα τουτονὶ ποιεῖται for these eleven months, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C) SIGNIFICATION AND SPECIAL IDIOMS: C.I) this, to designate the nearer, opposed to ἐκεῖνος, that, the more remote, ταῦτα, like τὰ ἐνταῦθα, things round and about us, earthly things, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; compare ὅδε [near the start]: but οὗτος sometimes indicates that which is not really nearest, but most important, δεῖ. τὸ βέλτιστον ἀεί, μὴ τὸ ῥᾷστον λέγειν: ἐπὶ ἐκεῖνο μὲν γὰρ ἡ φύσις αὐτὴ βαδιεῖται, ἐπὶ τοῦτο δὲ κτλ. [Refs 4th c.BC+] C.I.2) when, of two things, one precedes and the other follows, ὅδε properly refers to what follows, οὗτος to what precedes, οὐκ ἔστι σοι ταῦτ᾽, ἀλλά σοι τάδ᾽ ἔστι [Refs 5th c.BC+] refers to what follows, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οὔκουν. τοῦτο γιγνώσκεις, ὅτι; [Refs 4th c.BC+] C.I.3) οὗτος is used emphatic, generally in contempt, while ἐκεῖνος denotes praise, ὁ πάντ᾽ ἄναλκις οὗτος, i.e. Aegisthus, [Refs 5th c.BC+] of Philip; but οὗτος is used of Philip, [Refs 4th c.BC+] C.I.3.b) of what is familiar, τούτους τοὺς πολυτελεῖς χιτῶνας, of the Persians, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ θυλακῶδες τοῦτο the familiar bag-like thing, [Refs 4th c.BC+] C.I.4) in Attic dialect law-language, οὗτος is commonly applied to the opponent, whether plaintiff (as in [Refs 4th c.BC+] or defendant (as in [Refs]; so, in the political speeches of [Refs 4th c.BC+] are the opposite party, [Refs], etc; but in the forensic speeches, οὗτοι frequently means the judges, the court, [Refs] C.I.5) much like an adverb, in local sense (compare ὅδε [near the start]), τίς δ᾽ οὗτος κατὰ νῆας. ἔρχεα; who art thou here that comest? [Refs 8th c.BC+]; frequently in Attic dialect, τίς οὑτοσ; who's this here? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πολλὰ ὁρῶ ταῦτα πρόβατα I see many sheep here, [Refs 5th c.BC+] ho you! you there! [Refs 5th c.BC+]: with a proper name, ὦ οὗτος, Αἴας [Refs 5th c.BC+] —This phrase mostly implies anger, impatience, or scorn. C.II) simply as antecedent to ὅς, [Refs 8th c.BC+] C.III) = τοιοῦτος, οὗτος ἐγὼ ταχυτᾶτι [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.IV) after a parenthesis, the Subject, though already named, is frequently emphatic repeated by οὗτος, οὐδὲ γὰρ οὐδὲ Ἀριστέης, οὐδὲ οὗτος προσωτέρω. ἔφησε ἀπικέσθαι [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.V) καὶ οὗτος is added to heighten the force of a previous word, ξυνεστῶτες. ναυτικῷ ἀγῶνι, καὶ τούτῳ πρὸς Ἀθηναίους [Refs 5th c.BC+]; see infr. VIII.2. C.VI) repeated, where for the second we should merely say he or it, τοῖσιν τούτου τοῦτον μέλεσιν. κελαδοῦντες [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.VII) ταῦτα is used in some special phrases, C.VII.1) ταῦτ᾽, ὦ δέσποτα yes Sir (i. e. ἔστι ταῦτα, ταῦτα δράσω, etc.), [Refs 5th c.BC+]; so also ἦν ταῦτα even so, true, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.VII.2) ταῦτα μὲν δὴ ὑπάρξει so it shall be, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.VII.3) καὶ ταῦτα μὲν δὴ ταῦτα so much for that, frequently in Attic dialect, as [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.VII.4) ταῦτα at end of a formula in epitaphs, etc, probably short for ταῦτα οὕτως ἔχει or ὁ βίος ταῦτά ἐστιν, e.g. οὐδὶς (= -εὶς) ἀθάνατος: ταῦτα [Refs 2nd c.AD+] C.VIII) Adverbial usages: C.VIII.1) ταῦταabsolutely, therefore, that is why, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; αὐτὰ ταῦτα ἥκω, ἵνα. [Refs 5th c.BC+] is rare in this sense, τοῦτ᾽ ἀφικόμην, ὅπως. εὖ πράξαιμί τι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτὸ γὰρ τοῦτο just because of this, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.VIII.1.b) πρὸς ταῦτα so then, therefore, properly used in indignant defiance, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.VIII.2) καὶ ταῦτα, adding a circumstance heightening the force of what has been said, and that, ἄνδρα γενναῖον θανεῖν, καὶ ταῦτα πρὸς γυναικός [Refs 4th c.BC+]: but mostly with a participle, ὅς γ᾽ ἐξέλυσας ἄστυ, καὶ ταῦθ᾽ ὑφ᾽ ἡμῶν οὐδὲν ἐξειδὼς πλέον [Refs 5th c.BC+]; or with a participle omitted, ἥτις. τὴν τεκοῦσαν ὕβρισεν, καὶ ταῦτα τηλικοῦτος (i.e. οὖσα) [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.VIII.2.b) καὶ ταῦτα anyhow, no matter what happens (or happened), ἐπεχείρησας, οὐδὲν ὢν καὶ ταῦτα you tried, but were no good anyhow, i.e. try as you might, [Refs 4th c.BC+] C.VIII.3) τοῦτο μέν, τοῦτο δέ. on the one hand, on the other, partly, partly, very frequently in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοῦτο μέν is sometimes answered by δέ only,[Refs 5th c.BC+]; by δὲ αὖ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; by ἔπειτα δέ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; by ἀλλά, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; by εἶτα, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; by τοῦτ᾽ αὖθις, [Refs] C.VIII.4) dative feminine ταύτῃ, C.VIII.4.a) on this spot, here, ταύτῃ μὲν, τῇδε δ᾽ αὖ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.VIII.4.b) in this point, herein, μηδὲν ταύτῃ γε κομήσῃς [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.VIII.4.c) in this way, thus, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; to ὅπῃ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ταύτῃ καλεῖσθαι, etc, like οὕτω κ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.VIII.5) ἐκ τούτου or τούτων thereupon, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; therefore, [Refs] C.VIII.6) ἐν τούτῳ in that case, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.VIII.6.b) in the meantime, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.VIII.7) πρὸς τούτοις (-οισι) besides, [Refs 5th c.BC+]

Strongs

Word:

οὗτος

Transliteration:

hoûtos

Pronounciation:

how'-tahee

Language:

Greek

Definition:

the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated); he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who; from the article g3588 (ὁ) and g846 (αὐτός)

that

Strongs:

g3739

Lexicon:

ὅς, ἥ

Greek:

ὃ

Transliteration:

ho

Usage:

1437 times in 27 books, 248 chapters, and 1239 verses

Context:

Next word

Toggle Lexicon

Gloss:

which

Morphhology:

Relative pronoun Accusative Singular Neuter

Grammar:

a REFERENCE BACK to a neuter person or thing that is having something done to them

Source:

[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources

Editions:

NA28, NA27, Tyn, SBL, WH, Treg, TR, Byz

Tyndale

Word:

ὅς

Transliteration:

hos, hē

Gloss:

which

Morphhology:

Greek Relative Pronoun

Definition:

ὅς, ἥ, ὅ, the postpositive article (ἄρθρον ὑποτακτικόν). I. As demonstr. pron. = οὗτος, ὅδε, this, that, also for αὐτός, chiefly in nom: ὅς δέ, but he (cf. ἦ δὲ ὅς, frequently in Plat.), Mrk.15:23, Jhn.5:11; ὃς μὲν. ὃς δέ, the one. the other, Mat.21:35, 22:5, 25:15, Luk.23:33, Act.27:14, Rom.14:5, 1Co.11:21, 2Co.2:18, Ju 22; neut, ὃ μὲν. ὃ δέ, the one. the other, some. some, Mat.13:8, 23, Rom.9:21; ὃς (ὃ) μὲν. (ἄλλος (ἄλλο)). ἕτερος, Mrk.4:4, Luk.8:5, 1Co.12:8-10; οὓς μέν, absol, 1Co.12:28; ὃς μὲν. ὁ δέ, Rom.14:2. II. As relat. pron, who, which, what, that; 1) agreeing in gender with its antecedent, but differently governed as to case: Mat.2:9, Luk.9:9, Act.20:18, Rom.2:29, al. mult. 2) In variation from the common construction; (a) in gender, agreeing with a noun in apposition to the antecedent: Mrk.15:16, Gal.3:16, Eph.6:17, al; constr. ad sensum: Jhn.6:9, Col.2:19, 1Ti.3:16, Rev.13:14, al; (b) in number, constr. ad sensum: Act.15:36, 2Pe.3:1; (with) in case, by attraction to the case of the antecedent (Bl, §50, 2): Jhn.4:18, Act.3:21, Rom.15:18, 1Co.6:19, Eph.1:8, al. 3) The neut. ὅ with nouns of other gender and with phrases, which thing, which term: Mrk.3:17 12:42, Jhn.1:39, Col.3:14, al; with a sentence, Act.2:32, Gal.2:10, 1Jn.2:8, al. 4) With ellipse of a demonstrative (οὗτος or ἐκεῖνος), before or after: before, Mat.20:23, Luk.7:43, Rom.10:14, al; after, Mat.10:38, Mrk.9:40, Jhn.19:22, Rom.2:1 al. 5) Expressing purpose, end or cause: Mat.11:10 (who = that he may), Mrk.1:2, Heb.12:6 al. 6) C. prep, as periphrasis for conjc: ἀνθ᾽ ὧν (= ἀντὶ τούτων ὧν), because, Luk.1:20, al; wherefore, Luk.12:3; ἐξ οὗ, since, for that, Rom.5:12; ἀφ᾽ οὗ, since (temporal), Luk.13:25; ἐξ οὗ, whence, Php.3:20; etc. 7) With particles: ὃς ἄν (ἐάν), see: ἄν, ἐάν; ὃς καί, Mrk.3:19, Jhn.21:20, Rom.5:2, al; ὃς καὶ αὐτός, Mat.27:57. 8) Gen, οὗ, absol, as adv. (see: οὗ). (AS)

Liddell-Scott-Jones

Word:

ὅς

Transliteration:

hos, hē

Gloss:

which

Morphhology:

Greek Relative Pronoun

Definition:

ὅς, ἥ, ὅ, genitive οὗ, ἧς, οὗ, etc; dative plural οἷς, αἷς, οἷς, etc: Epic dialect forms, genitive ὅου (probably replacing Οο) in the phrases ὅου κλέος οὔ ποτ᾽ ὀλεῖται [Refs 8th c.BC+]; feminine ἕης [Refs 8th c.BC+]; elsewhere only ἧς [Refs]; dative plural οἷς, οἷσι, ᾗς, ᾗσι (never αἷς or αἷσι in [Refs 8th c.BC+] — _pronoun_ used, A ) as demonstrative by the side of οὗτος, ὅδε, and the Article ὁ, ἡ, τό: in post-Homeric Gr. this use survived only in a few special phrases. B ) as a Relat. by the side of the Article ὅ, ἥ, τό (see. ὁ, ἡ, τό, c):—this demonstrative and Relat. pronoun must not be confounded with the Possess. ὅς, ἥ, ὅν. (With Gr. Relat. ὅς, ἥ, ὅ cf. Sanskrit Relat. yas, yā, yad, Lithuanian jis, ji (he, she), Oslav. i, ja, je (he, she, it).) A) DEMONSTR. PRON, ={οὗτος},{ὅδε}, this, that; also, he, she, it: A.I) Homeric usage: this form only occurs in the nominative masculine and neuter ὅς, ὅ, and perhaps nominative feminine ἥ and nominative plural οἵ, the other cases being supplied by ὁ, ἡ, τό (ὅ, ἡ, τό); most codices have ἥ in [Refs 8th c.BC+] before it, μηδ᾽ ὅν τινα γαστέρι μήτηρ κοῦρον ἐόντα φέροι, μηδ᾽ ὃς φύγοι [Refs 8th c.BC+]participle, εἰς ἕτερον γάρ τίς τε ἰδών, ὃς σπεύδει (for ὅστις ἂν ἴδῃ, ὃς σπεύδει) [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.II) in later Gr. this usage remained in a few forms: A.II.1) at the beginning of a clause, καὶ ὅς and he, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; καὶ ἥ and she, καὶ οἵ and they, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.2) ὃς καὶ ὅς such and such a person, [Refs 5th c.BC+] —here also the _Article_ supplied the oblative cases. A.II.3) ἦ δ᾽ ὅς, ἦ δ᾽ ἥ, said he, said she, see at {ἠμί}. A.II.4) in oppositions, where it sometimes answers to the Article, Λέριοι κακοί· οὐχ ὁ μέν, ὃς δ᾽ οὔ. [Refs 6th c.BC+]; ὃ μὲν, ὃ δὲ, ὃ δὲ. (neuter) [NT+4th c.BC+]: so in Doric dialect dative feminine as adverb, ᾇ μὲν, ᾇ δὲ. [Refs 4th c.BC+]: very frequently in late Prose, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]: also answering to other Prons, ἑτέρων, ὧν δὲ. [Refs 4th c.BC+] B) RELAT. PRON, who, which.—By the side of the simple Relat, ὅς, ἥ, ὅ (in [Refs 8th c.BC+] A0) USAGE of the Relat. pronoun (the following remarks apply to ὅς γε, ὅσπερ, ὅστε, ὅστις, as well as to ὅς, and to ὁ, ἡ, τό as relative): A0.I) in respect of CONCOR[Refs 4th c.BC+] —Prop. it agrees in gender and number with the Noun or _pronoun_ in the antecedent clause.—But this rule admits of many exceptions: A0.I.1) the Relat. mayagree with the gender implied, not expressed, in the antecedent, φίλον θάλος, ὃν τέκον αὐτή [Refs 8th c.BC+]: so after collective Nouns, the Relat. is frequently put in plural in the gender implied in the Noun, λαόν, οὕς. [Refs 8th c.BC+]; στρατιάν. τοιαύτην, οἵ τινες, τὸ ναυτικόν, οἵ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; especially after the names of countries or cities, Τηλέπυλον Λαιστρυγονίην ἀφίκανεν, οἳ. (i. e. to Telepylos of the Laestrygonians, who. ) [Refs 8th c.BC+] adjective, Θηβαίας ἐπισκοποῦντ᾽ ἀγυιάς, τάν. the streets of Thebes, which, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοὺς Ἡρακλείους παῖδας, ὃς. the children of Heracles, who, [Refs 5th c.BC+]of me whom, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν ἥμισύν ἐστ᾽ ἀτελὴς τοῦ χρόνου· εἶθ᾽ ἧς πᾶσι μέτεστι, where ἧς agrees with ἀτελείας implied in ἀτελής, [Refs 4th c.BC+] A0.I.2) when the antec. Noun in singular implies a class, the Relat. is sometimes in plural, ἦ μάλα τις θεὸς ἔνδον, οἳ. ἔχουσιν (for τις θεῶν, οἵ.) in some places, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οὗ μέν, οὗ δέ. in some places, in others, [Refs 4th c.BC+] in what part of the earth, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A0.I.2) in pregnant phrases, μικρὸν προϊόντες,οὗ ἡ μάχη ἐγένετο (for ἐκεῖσε οὗ) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀπιὼν ἐκ τῆς πόλεως, οὗ κατέφυγε (for οἷ κατέφυγε καὶ οὗ ἦν) [NT+5th c.BC+]: but in early writers this is falsa lectio, as in [Refs 4th c.BC+] A0.II) dative feminine ᾗ, Doric dialect ᾇ, of Place, where, or Manner, as, see at {ᾗ}. A0.III) old locative οἷ, as adverb, see at {οἷ}. A0.III.2) old ablative ὧ, in Doric dialect (compare ϝοίκω), τηνῶθε καθεῖλον, ὧ (whence) μ᾽ ἐκέλευ καθελεῖν τυ [Refs 5th c.BC+] A0.IV) accusative singular neuter ὅ, very frequently ={ὅτι}, that, how that, λεύσσετε γὰρ τό γε πάντες ὅ μοι γέρας ἔρχεται ἄλλῃ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; and so also, because, ταρβήσας ὅ οἱ ἄγχι πάγη βέλος [Refs] A0.IV.2) in Attic dialect ὅ, for which reason, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A0.IV.3) whereas, [NT+5th c.BC+] A0.V) ἀφ᾽ οὗπερ from the time that, [Refs 4th c.BC+] A0.VI) ἐφ᾽ ᾧ, see at {ἐπί} [Refs 5th c.BC+]

Strongs

Word:

ὅς

Transliteration:

hós

Pronounciation:

ho

Language:

Greek

Definition:

the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that; one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc; probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article g3588 (ὁ))

He says

Strongs:

g3004G

Strongs extended:

g3004, g3004G, g3004H

Lexicon:

λέγω

Greek:

λέγει

Transliteration:

legei

Usage:

1311 times in 25 books, 202 chapters, and 1211 verses

Context:

Next word

Toggle Lexicon

to us;

Strongs:

g3165

Lexicon:

ἐγώ

Greek:

ἡμῖν·

Transliteration:

hēmin

Usage:

2035 times in 27 books, 247 chapters, and 1551 verses

Context:

Next word

Toggle Lexicon

A little [while]

Strongs:

g3398

Lexicon:

μικρός

Greek:

μικρὸν

Transliteration:

mikron

Usage:

46 times in 11 books, 33 chapters, and 44 verses

Context:

Next word

Toggle Lexicon

and

Strongs:

g2532

Lexicon:

καί

Greek:

καὶ

Transliteration:

kai

Usage:

9585 times in 27 books, 260 chapters, and 5307 verses

Context:

Next word

Toggle Lexicon

Morphhology:

Conjunction

Source:

[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources

Editions:

NA28, NA27, Tyn, SBL, WH, Treg, TR, Byz

Tyndale

Word:

καί

Transliteration:

kai

Gloss:

and

Morphhology:

Greek Conjunction

Definition:

καί, conj., and I. Copulative. 1) Connecting single words; (a) in general: Mat.2:18, 16:1, Mrk.2:15, Luk.8:15, Heb.1:1, al. mult; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mat.23:23, Luk.14:21, Rom.7:12, 9:4, al. (b) connecting numerals (WM, §37, 4): Jhn.2:20, Act.13:20; (with) joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mat.8:33, 26:59, Mrk.16:17, Act.5:29, al. 2) Connecting clauses and sentences: Mat.3:12, Act.5:21, al. mult; esp. (a) where, after the simplicity of the popular language, sentences are paratactically joined (WM, §60, 3; M, Pr., 12; Deiss, LAE, 128ff.): Mat.1:21, 7:25, Mrk.9:5, Jhn.10:3, al; (b) joining affirmative to negative sentences: Luk.3:14, Jhn.4:11, IIIJhn.10; (with) consecutive, and so: Mat.5:1, 23:32, Heb.3:19, al; after imperatives, Mat.4:19, Luk.7:7, al; (d) = καίτοι, and yet: Mat.3:14, 6:26, Mrk.12:12, Luk.18:7 (Field, Notes, 72), 1Co.5:2, al; (e) beginning an apodosis (= Heb. וְ; so sometimes δέ in cl.), then: Luk.2:21, 7:12, Act.1:10; beginning a question (WM, §53, 3a): Mrk.10:26, Luk.10:29, Jhn.9:36. 3) Epexegetic, and, and indeed, namely (WM, §53, 3c): Luk.3:18, Jhn.1:16, Act.23:6, Rom.1:5, 1Co.3:5, al. 4) In transition: Mat.4:23, Mrk.5:1, 21, Jhn.1:19, al; so, Hebraistically, καὶ ἐγένετο (וַי:הִי; also ἐγένετο δέ), Mrk.1:9 (cf. Luk.5:1; V. Burton, §§357-60; M, Pr., 14, 16). 5) καὶ. καί, both. and (for τε. καί, see: τε); (a) connecting single words: Mat.10:28, Mrk.4:41, Rom.11:33, al; (b) clauses and sentences: Mrk.9:13, Jhn.7:28, 1Co.1:22, al. II. Adjunctive, also, even, still: Mat.5:39, 40; Mrk.2:28, al. mult; esp. with pron, adv, etc, Mat.20:4, Jhn.7:47, al; ὡς κ, Act.11:17; καθὼς κ, Rom.15:7; οὑτω κ, Rom.6:11; διὸ κ, Luk.1:35; ὁ κ. (Deiss, BS, 313ff.), Act.13:9; pleonastically, μετὰ κ. (Bl, §77, 7; Deiss, BS, 265f,), Php.4:3; τί κ, 1 Co 15:29; ἀλλὰ κ, Luk.14:22, Jhn.5:18, al; καίγε (M, Pr., 230; Burton, §437), Act.17:27; καίπερ, Heb.5:8; κ. ἐάν, see: ἐάν. ἐάν, contr. fr. εἰ ἄν, conditional particle, representing something as "under certain circumstances actual or liable to happen," but not so definitely expected as in the case of εἰ with ind. (Bl, §65, 4; cf. Jhn.13:17, 1Co.7:36), if haply, if; 1) with subjc. (cl.); (a) pres: Mat.6:22, Luk.10:6, Jhn.7:17, Rom.2:25, 26 al; { (b) aor. (= Lat. fut. pf.): Mat.4:9 16:26 (cf. ptcp. in Luk.9:25; M, Pr., 230), Mrk.3:24, Luk.14:34, Jhn.5:43, Rom.7:2, al; = cl. εἰ, with opt, Jhn.9:22 11:57, Act.9:2; as Heb. אִם = ὅταν, Jhn.12:32 14:3, I Jhn.2:28 3:2, Heb.3:7 " (LXX). 2) C. indic, (as in late writers, fr. Arist. on; see WH, App., 171; VD, MGr. 2, App., §77; Deiss, BS, 201f, LAE, 155, 254; M, Pr., 168, 187; Bl, §65, 4); (a) fut: Mat.18:19 T, Luk.19:40, Act.7:7; (b) pres: 1Th.3:8 (see Milligan, in l.). 3) With other particles: ἐ. καί (Bl, §65, 6), Gal.6:1; ἐ. μή (M, Pr., 185, 187; Bl, l.with), with subjc. pres, Mat.10:13, 1Co.8:8, Jas.2:17, 1Jn.3:21; aor, Mat.6:15, Mrk.3:27, Jhn.3:3, Rom.10:15, Gal.1:8 2:16 (see Lft, Ellic, in ll.); ἐ. τε. ἐ. τε, [in LXX for אִם. אִם, Est.19:13, al,] Rom.14:8. 4) = cl. ἄν (which see) after relat. pronouns and adverbs (Tdf, Pr., 96; WH, App., 173; M, Pr., 42f; Bl, §26, 4; Mayser, 152f; Deiss, BS, 202ff.): ὃς ἐ, Mat.5:19, Mrk.6:22, 23 Luk.17:32, 1Co.6:18, al; ὅπου ἐ, Mat.8:19; ὁσάκις ἐ, Rev.11:6; οὗ ἐ, 1Co.16:6; καθὸ ἐ, 2Co.8:12; ὅστις ἐ, Gal.5:10. (AS)

Liddell-Scott-Jones

Word:

καί

Transliteration:

kai

Gloss:

and

Morphhology:

Greek Conjunction

Definition:

καί, conjunction, copulative, joining words and sentences, A) and; also adverb, even, also, just, frequently expressing emphatic assertion or assent, corresponding as positive to the negative οὐ (μή) or οὐδέ (μηδέ). copulative, and, A.I) joining words or sentences to those preceding, ἦ, καὶ κυανέῃσιν ἐπ᾽ ὀφρύσινεῦσε Κρονίων [Refs 8th c.BC+]: repeated with two or more Nouns, αἱ δὲ ἔλαφοι κ. δορκάδες κ. οἱ ἄγριοι οἶες κ. οἱ ὄνοι οἱ ἄγριοι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; joining only the last pair, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ ὄχλος πλείων κ. πλείων ἐπέρρει more and more, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; to add epithets after πολύς, πολλὰ κ. ἐσθλά [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.I.2) to addalimiting or defining expression, πρὸς μακρὸν ὄρος κ. Κύνθιον ὄχθον to the mountain and specially to, [Refs 5th c.BC+] (sometimes in reverse order, πρὸς δῶμα Διὸς κ. μακρὸν Ὄλυμπον [Refs 8th c.BC+]; to add by way of climax, θεῶν. κ. Ποσειδῶνος all the gods, and above all. , [Refs 5th c.BC+]; frequently ἄλλοι τε καί, ἄλλως τε καί, see at {ἄλλος} [Refs]; ὀλίγου τινὸς ἄξια κ. οὐδενός little or nothing, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. ταῦτα and this too. , γελᾶν ἀναπείθειν, κ. ταῦθ᾽ οὕτω πολέμιον ὄντα τῷ γέλωτι [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II) at the beginning of a sentence, A.II.1) in appeals or requests, καί μοι δὸς τὴν Χεῖρα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; καί μοι λέγε, καί μοι ἀπόκριναι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; frequently in Oratt, καί μοι λέγε. τὸ ψήφισμα, καί μοι ἀνάγνωθι, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.2) in questions, to introduce an objection or express surprise, κ. τίς τόδ᾽ ἐξίκοιτ᾽ ἂν ἀγγέλων τάχο; [Refs 4th c.BC+]; κ. πῶς; pray how? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. δὴ τί; but then what? [Refs]; κ. ποῖον; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. τίς εἶδε πώποτε βοῦς κριβανίτα; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κἄπειτ᾽ ἔκανε; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. τίς πώποτε Χαριζόμενος ἑτέρῳ τοῦτο εἰργάσατ; [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.3) ={καίτοι}, and yet, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.4) at the beginning of a speech, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III) after words implying sameness or like ness, as, γνώμῃσι ἐχρέωντο ὁμοίῃσι κ. σύ they had the same opinion as you, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἴσον or ἴσα κ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν ἴσῳ (i.e. ἐστὶ) κ. εἰ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.2) after words implying comparison or opposition, αἱ δαπάναι οὐχ ὁμοίως κ. πρίν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.3) to express simultaneity, ἦν ἦμαρ δεύτερον, κἀγὼ κατηγόμην [Refs 5th c.BC+]; παρέρχονταί τε μέσαι νύκτες κ. ψύχεται [τὸ ὕδωρ] [Refs 5th c.BC+]; [οἱ Λακεδαιμόνιοι] οὐκ ἔφθασαν τὴν ἀρχὴν κατασχόντες κ. Θηβαίοις εὐθὺς ἐπεβούλευσαν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.IV) joining an affirmative clause with a negative, ἀλλ᾽ ὥς τι δράσων εἷρπε κοὐ θανούμενος [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.V) καί, καί. correlative, not only, but also. , κ. ἀεὶ κ. νῦν, κ. τότε κ. νῦν, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI) by anacoluthon, ὣς φαμένη κ. κερδοσύνῃ ἡγήσατ᾽ Ἀθήνη, for ὣς ἔφη κ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἔρχεται δὲ αὐτή τε. κ. τὸν υἱὸν ἔχουσα, for κ. ὁ υἱός, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B) even, also, just, B.1) τάχα κεν κ. ἀναίτιον αἰτιόῳτο even the innocent, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; δόμεναι κ. μεῖζον ἄεθλον an even greater prize, [Refs]full five,[Refs 5th c.BC+] two or three, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.2) also, κ. ἐγώ I also, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; κ. αὐτοί they also, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Ἀγίας καὶ Σωκράτης κ. τούτω ἀπεθανέτην likewise died, [Refs]; in adding surnames, etc, Ὦχος ὁ κ. Δαρειαῖος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; nominative ὁ κ. first in [Refs 1st c.BC+], frequently later, [Refs 2nd c.AD+], etc; Ἰούδας ὁ κ. Μακκαβαῖος [NT+8th c.BC+]; εἴπερ τι κ. ἄλλο, ὥς τις κ. ἄλλος, [Refs 5th c.BC+], not only, but also. , see at {μόνος}; οὐδὲν μᾶλλον. ἢ οὐ καὶ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.2.b) frequently used both in the antecedent and relative clause, where we put also in the antecedent only, εἰ μὲν κ. σὺ εἶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ὧνπερ κ. ἐγώ [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.3) frequently in apodosi, after temporal Conjs, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε δή ῥα, κ. τότε δή. [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also after εἰ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: as a Hebraism, κ. ἐγένετο. κ. [LXX+NT] B.4) with Advs, to give emphasis, κ. κάρτα [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. λίην full surely, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; κ. πάλαι, κ. πάνυ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. μάλα, κ. σφόδρα, in answers, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.5) with words expressing a minimum, even so much as, were it but, just, ἱέμενος κ. καπνὸν ἀποθρῴσκοντα νοῆσαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οἷς ἡδὺ κ. λέγειν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τίς δὲ κ. προσβλέψετα; who will so much as look at you? [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.6) just, τοῦτ᾽ αὐτὸ κ. νοσοῦμεν 'tis just that that ails me, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: frequently with a relative, τὸ κ. κλαίουσα τέτηκα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; and how long ago was the city sacked? [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ποῦ καί σφε θάπτε; where is he burying her? [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.7) even, just, implying assent, ἔπειτά με κ. λίποι αἰών thereafter let life e'en leave me, [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.8) κ. εἰ even if, of a whole condition represented as an extreme case, opposed to εἰ κ. although, notwithstanding that, of a condition represented as immaterial even if fulfilled,[Refs 8th c.BC+]; εἰ κ. ἠπιστάμην if I had been able, [Refs 5th c.BC+] each exert their force separtely, as εἴ περ ἀδειής τ᾽ ἐστί, καὶ εἰ. and if. [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.9) before a Participle, to represent either καὶ εἰ, or εἰ καί, although, albeit, Ἕκτορα κ. μεμαῶτα μάχης σχήσεσθαι ὀΐω, for ἢν κ. μεμάῃ, how much soever he rage, although he rage, [Refs 8th c.BC+] C) Position: καί and, is by Poets sometimes put after another word, ἔγνωκα, τοῖσδε κοὐδὲν ἀντειπεῖν ἔχω, for καὶ τοῖσδε οὐδέν [Refs 4th c.BC+] C.2) καί also, sometimes goes between a preposition and its case, ἐν κ. θαλάσσᾳ [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.3) very seldom at the end of a verse, [Refs 5th c.BC+] D) crasis: with ᾰ, as κἄν, κἀγαθοί, etc; with ε, as κἀγώ, κἄπειτα, etc, Doric dialect κἠγώ, κἤπειτα, etc; with η, as Χἠ, Χἠμέρη, Χἠμεῖς, etc; with ῐ in Χἰκετεύετε, Χἰλαρ; with ο, as Χὠ, Χὤστις, etc; with υ in Χὐμεῖς, Χὐποχείριον, etc; with ω in the pronoun ᾧ, Χ; with αι, as κᾀσχρῶ; with αυ, as καὐτό; with ει, as κεἰ, κεἰς (but also κἀς), κᾆτ; with εὐ, as κεὐγένεια, κεὐσταλή; with οι in Χοἰ (Χᾠ [Refs]; with ου in Χοὖτος, κοὐ, κοὐδέ, and the like.

Strongs

Word:

καί

Transliteration:

kaí

Pronounciation:

kahee

Language:

Greek

Morphhology:

Conjunction

Definition:

and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words; and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet; apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force

not

Strongs:

g3756

Greek:

οὐ

Transliteration:

ou

Usage:

1693 times in 27 books, 246 chapters, and 1438 verses

Context:

Next word

Toggle Lexicon

Gloss:

no

Morphhology:

Negative Particle Negative Negative

Grammar:

introducing a negative

Source:

[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources

Editions:

NA28, NA27, Tyn, SBL, WH, Treg, TR, Byz

Tyndale

Word:

οὐ

Transliteration:

ou

Gloss:

no

Morphhology:

Greek Particle Neuter

Definition:

οὐ, before a vowel with smooth breathing οὐκ, before one with rough breathing οὐχ (but improperly οὐχ ἰδού, Act.2:7, WH, mg; cf. WH, Intr., §409; M, Pr., 44, 244), [in LXX for אֵין,אַיִן,לֹא;] neg. particle, not, no, used generally with indic, and for a denial of fact (cf. μή); 1) absol. (accented), οὔ, no: Mat.13:29 Jhn.1:21 21:5; οὒ οὕ, Mat.5:37 Jas.5:12. 2) Most frequently negativing a verb or other word, Mat.1:25 10:26, 38, Mrk.3:25 9:37, Jhn.8:29, Act.7:5, Rom.1:16, Php.3:3, al; in litotes, οὐκ ὀλίγοι (i.e. very many), Act.17:4, al; οὐκ ἄσημος, Act.21:39; πᾶς. οὐ, with verb, (like Heb. כֹּל. לֹא), no, none, Mat.24:22, Mrk.13:20, Luk.1:37, Eph.5:5, al; in disjunctive statements, οὐκ. ἀλλά, Luk.8:52 Jhn.1:33 Rom.8:2 o, al; with 2 of person(s) fut. (like Heb. לֹא, with impf.), as emphatic prohibition, Mat.4:7, Luk.4:12, Rom.7:7, al. 3) With another negative, (a) strengthening the negation: Mrk.5:37, Jhn.8:15 12:19, Act.8:39, al; (b) making an affirmative: Act.4:20, 1Co.12:15. 4) With other particles: οὐ μή (see: μή); οὐ μηκέτι, Mat.21:19; with μή interrog, Rom.10:18, 1Co.9:4, 5 11:22. 5) Interrogative, expecting an affirmative answer (Lat. nonne): Mat.6:26, Mrk.4:21, Luk.11:40, Jhn.4:35, Rom.9:21, al. (AS)

Liddell-Scott-Jones

Word:

οὐ

Transliteration:

ou

Gloss:

no

Morphhology:

Greek Particle Neuter

Definition:

οὐ, the negative of fact and statement, as μή of will and thought; οὐ denies, μή rejects; οὐ is absolute, μή relative; οὐ objective, μή subjective. —The same differences hold for all compounds of οὐ and μή, and some examples of οὐδέ and οὐδείς are included below.—As to the Form, see infr. G. USAG[Refs 5th c.BC+] I) as the negative of single words, II) as the negative of the sentence. I) οὐ adhering to single words so as to form a quasi-compound with them:—with Verbs: οὐ δίδωμι withhold, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οὐκ εἰῶ prevent, [Refs]; οὐκ ἐθέλω refuse, [Refs]; οὔ φημι deny, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; but sometimes οὐ is retained, εἰ δ᾽ ἂν. οὐκ ἐθέλωσιν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐάντε. οὐ (variant{μή}) φῆτε ἐάντε φῆτε [Refs 8th c.BC+] —On the use of οὐ in contrasts, see below [Refs 5th c.BC+] II) as negativing the whole sentence, II.1) οὐ is frequently used alone, sometimes with the ellipsis of a definite Verb, οὔκ (i.e. ἀποκερῇ), ἄν γε ἐμοὶ πείθῃ [Refs 5th c.BC+]: sometimes as negativing the preceding sentence, [Refs 5th c.BC+] and the accusative; sometimes without μά, οὐ τὸν πάντων θεῶν θεὸν πρόμον Ἅλιον [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.2) with indicative of statement, τὴν δ᾽ ἐγὼ οὐ λύσω [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οὐ φθίνει Κροίσου φιλόφρων ἀρετά [Refs 8th c.BC+] II.3) with subjunctive in future sense, only in Epic dialect, οὐ γάρ τίς με βίῃ γε ἑκὼν ἀέκοντα δίηται [Refs] II.4) with optative in potential sense (without ἄν or κεν), also Epic dialect, ὃ οὐ δύο γ᾽ ἄνδρε φέροιεν [Refs] II.5) with optative and ἄν, κείνοισι δ᾽ ἂν οὔ τις. μαχέοιτο [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.6) in dependent clauses οὐ is used, II.6.a) with ὅτι or ὡς, after Verbs of saying, knowing, and showing, ἐκ μέν τοι ἐρέω. ὡς ἐγὼ οὔ τι ἑκὼν κατερύκομαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]: so with indicative or optative and ἄν, ἀπελογοῦντο ὡς οὐκ ἄν ποτε οὕτω μωροὶ ἦσαν [Refs 5th c.BC+] in such sentences, see at {μή} [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.6.b) in all causal sentences, and in temporal and Relat. sentences unless there is conditional or final meaning, χωσαμένη, ὅ οἱ οὔ τι θαλύσια. ῥέξε [Refs 8th c.BC+]: in causal relative sentences, οἵτινές σε οὐχὶ ἐσώσαμεν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; especially in the combinations, οὐκ ἔστιν ὅστις οὐ, as οὐκ ἔστ᾽ ἐραστὴς ὅστις οὐκ ἀεὶ φιλεῖ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οὐδείς ἐστιν ὅστις οὐ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.6.c) after ὥστε with indicative or optative with ἄν, ὥστ᾽ οὐ δυνατόν σ᾽ εἵργειν ἔσται [Refs 5th c.BC+]infinitive is almost invariably due to indirect speech, ὥστ᾽ οὐκ αἰσχύνεσθαι (for οὐκ αἰσχύνονται) [Refs 5th c.BC+]—Rarely not in indirect speech, [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.7) in a conditional clause μή is necessary, except, II.7.a) in [Refs 8th c.BC+] clause precedes the apodosis and the verb is indicative, εἰ δέ μοι οὐκ ἐπέεσσ᾽ ἐπιπείσεται [Refs 8th c.BC+] II.7.b) when the εἰ clause is really causal, as after Verbs expressing surprise or emotion, μὴ θαυμάσῃς, εἰ πολλὰ τῶν εἰρημένων οὐ πρέπει σοι [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.7.c) when οὐ belongs closely to the next word (see. [Refs 4th c.BC+], or is quoted unchanged, εἰ, ὡς νῦν φήσει, οὐ παρεσκευάσατο [Refs 4th c.BC+]; εἰ δ᾽ οὐκέτ᾽ ἐστί (i.e. ὥσπερ λέγεις), τίνι τρόπῳ διεφθάρη ; [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.8) οὐ is used with infinitive in indirect speech, when it represents the indicative of orat. recta, φαμὲν δέ οἱ οὐ τελέεσθαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; sometimes we have οὐ and μή in consecutive clauses, οἶμαι σοῦ κάκιον οὐδὲν ἂν τούτων κρατύνειν μηδ᾽ ἐπιθύνειν χερί [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.9) οὐ is used with the participle, when it can be resolved into a finite sentence with οὐ, as after Verbs of knowing and showing, τὸν κατθανόνθ᾽ ὁρῶντες οὐ τιμώμενον [Refs 5th c.BC+]; or into a causal sentence, τῶν βαρβάρων οἱ πολλοὶ ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ διεφθάρησαν νέειν οὐκ ἐπιστάμενοι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; or into a concessive sentence, δόξω γυναῖκα καίπερ οὐκ ἔχων ἔχειν [Refs 5th c.BC+] and participle, ὡς οὐχὶ συνδράσουσα νουθετεῖς τάδε [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—for exceptions, see at {μή} [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.9.b) when the participle is used with the Article, μή is generally used, unless there is a distinct reference to a fact, when οὐ is occasionally found, ἡμεῖς δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς οὐκ οὔσης ἔτι [πόλεως] ὁρμώμενοι [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.10) Adjectives and abstract Substantives with the article commonly take μή (see. μή [Refs 5th c.BC+] is occasionally used, τὰς οὐκ ἀναγκαίας πόσεις [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὴν τῶν γεφυρῶν οὐ διάλυσιν the non- dissolution of the bridges, the fact of their notbeing broken up, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; so without the article, ἐν οὐ καιπῷ [Refs] II.11) for οὐ μή, see entry II.12) in questions οὐ ordinarily expects a positive answer, οὔ νυ καὶ ἄλλοι ἔασι.; [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οὐχ ὁράᾳς.; dost thou not see? [NT+8th c.BC+]: the diphthong is genuine and always written ου (ουκ, ουδε, etc.) in early Inscrr, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; οὐ abbreviated ο, Suid. see at {Φιλοξένου γραμμάτιον}. H) ACCENTUATION. οὐ is oxytone accusative to Hdn.Gr.1.494 (text doubtfulin 504): [Refs 8th c.BC+] H.I) οὐ in connexion with other Particles will be found in alphabetical order, οὐ γάρ, οὐ μή, etc.—The corresponding forms of μή should be compared.

Strongs

Word:

οὐ

Transliteration:

ou

Pronounciation:

ookh

Language:

Greek

Definition:

the absolute negative (compare g3361 (μή)) adverb; no or not; + long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but; a primary word

you do behold

Strongs:

g2334

Lexicon:

θεωρέω

Greek:

θεωρεῖτέ

Transliteration:

theōreite

Usage:

58 times in 8 books, 40 chapters, and 56 verses

Context:

Next word

Toggle Lexicon

Gloss:

to see/experience

Morphhology:

Verb Present Active Indicative 2nd Plural

Grammar:

an ACTION that happens - by persons being spoken or written to

Source:

[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources

Editions:

NA28, NA27, Tyn, SBL, WH, Treg, TR, Byz

Tyndale

Word:

θεωρέω

Transliteration:

theōreō

Gloss:

to see/experience

Morphhology:

Greek Verb

Definition:

θεωρέω, -ῶ (θεωρός, a spectator, θεάομαι) [in LXX chiefly for רָאָה, חָזָה;] (present and imperfect only, exc. Jhn.7:3 (fut.), Mat.28:1, Luk.23:48, Jhn.8:51, Rev.11:12 (aor.); El, § 24); 1) (cl.), to look at, gaze, behold: absol, Mat.27:55, Mrk.15:40, Luk.23:35; before πῶς, Mrk.12:41; ποῦ, Mrk.15:47; with accusative of person(s), Jhn.6:40, 62 12:45 16:10-19, Act.3:16 20:38 25:24, Rev.11:11-12; id. with ptcp, Mrk.5:15, Luk.10:18, Jhn.6:19 10:12 20:12, 14, 1Jn.3:17; with accusative of thing(s), Mat.28:1, Luk.14:29 21:6 23:48, Jhn.2:23 6:2 7:3, Act.4:13 8:13; id. with ptcp, Jhn.20:6, Act.7:56 10:11; before ὅτι, Act.19:26. 2) In popular lang. (Kennedy, Sources, 155; EL, § 24, see word ὁρᾶν), in present and imperfect = ὁράω, to see, perceive, discern: before ὅτι, Mrk.16:4, Jhn.4:19 12:19, Act.19:26 27:10; πόσαι, Act.21:20; πηλίκος, Heb.7:4; with accusative of thing(s), Mrk.5:38; id. with ptcp, Act.17:16 28:6; with accusative of person(s), Mrk.3:11, Jhn.14:19, Act.9:7 17:22; πνεῦμα, Luk.24:37; τὸ π, Jhn.14:17; before ὅτι, Jhn.9:8; with ptcp, Luk.24:39. 3) Hebraistically, to experience, partake of: τ. θάνατον, Jhn.8:51 (cf. Psa.89:49); τ. δόξαν, Jhn.17:24 (cf. ἀνα, παρα-θερρέω). (AS)

Liddell-Scott-Jones

Word:

θεωρέω

Transliteration:

theōreō

Gloss:

to see/experience

Morphhology:

Greek Verb

Definition:

θεωρ-έω:— passive, future -ηθήσομαι[Refs 2nd c.AD+]: future middle in passivesense,[Refs 2nd c.AD+]: (θεωρός):—to be a θεωρός [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of the states which sent θεωροί, οἱ Ἀθηναῖοι ἐθεώρουν ἐς τὰ Ἴσθμια [Refs 5th c.BC+] 2) to be sent to consult an oracle, [Refs 5th c.BC+] II) of spectators at games, τὰ Ὀλύμπια [Refs 5th c.BC+]; θ. τινά to see him act, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; to go as a spectator, ἐς τὰ Ἐφέσια [Refs 5th c.BC+]; see entry ὀβολός [Refs] III) look at, behold, γῆν πολλήν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; inspect, review soldiers, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: absolutely, gaze, gape, ἑστηκὼς θ. [Refs 4th c.BC+] III.2) of the mind, contemplate, consider, αὐτῇ τῇ ψυχῇ αὐτὴν τὴν ψυχὴν θ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]: followed by an interrogative, τοῦτο θ, εἰ τἀληθῆ λέγω [Refs 4th c.BC+]; θ. τι ἔκ τινος to judge of one thing by another, τὴν ἔννοιαν ἐκ τῶν ἔργων [Refs 4th c.BC+]; θ. τι πρός τι compare one thing with another, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; θ. [τι τεκμηρίοις] [Refs 4th c.BC+] III.2.b) observe, θ. μᾶλλον τοὺς πέλας δυνάμεθα ἢ ἑαυτούς [Refs 4th c.BC+]:—passive, τεθεώρηται τοῦτο μάλιστα ἐπὶ τῶν περιστερῶν [Refs 4th c.BC+]; λόγῳ θεωρεῖσθαι, of objects not accessible to sense, [Refs 1st c.BC+] III.2.c) perceive, with infinitive, ἀναγκαῖον ὑπάρχειν [Refs 1st c.BC+] III.2.d) absolutely, speculate, theorize, ἀκριβῶς, φορτικῶς, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; λογικῶς, φυσικῶς, [Refs]; θ. ἔκ τινος to conclude by observation from,[Refs] —passive, ἡ παρὰ τοῖς Ἕλλησι τεθεωρημένη μάθησις Ael.Tact.[Refs 5th c.BC+]

Strongs

Word:

θεωρέω

Transliteration:

theōréō

Pronounciation:

theh-o-reh'-o

Language:

Greek

Morphhology:

Verb

Definition:

to be a spectator of, i.e. discern, (literally, figuratively (experience) or intensively (acknowledge)); behold, consider, look on, perceive, see; from a derivative of g2300 (θεάομαι) (perhaps by addition of g3708 (ὁράω))

Me,

Strongs:

g3165

Lexicon:

ἐγώ

Greek:

με,

Transliteration:

me

Usage:

2035 times in 27 books, 247 chapters, and 1551 verses

Context:

Next word

Toggle Lexicon

and

Strongs:

g2532

Lexicon:

καί

Greek:

καὶ

Transliteration:

kai

Usage:

9585 times in 27 books, 260 chapters, and 5307 verses

Context:

Next word

Toggle Lexicon

Morphhology:

Conjunction

Source:

[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources

Editions:

NA28, NA27, Tyn, SBL, WH, Treg, TR, Byz

Tyndale

Word:

καί

Transliteration:

kai

Gloss:

and

Morphhology:

Greek Conjunction

Definition:

καί, conj., and I. Copulative. 1) Connecting single words; (a) in general: Mat.2:18, 16:1, Mrk.2:15, Luk.8:15, Heb.1:1, al. mult; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mat.23:23, Luk.14:21, Rom.7:12, 9:4, al. (b) connecting numerals (WM, §37, 4): Jhn.2:20, Act.13:20; (with) joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mat.8:33, 26:59, Mrk.16:17, Act.5:29, al. 2) Connecting clauses and sentences: Mat.3:12, Act.5:21, al. mult; esp. (a) where, after the simplicity of the popular language, sentences are paratactically joined (WM, §60, 3; M, Pr., 12; Deiss, LAE, 128ff.): Mat.1:21, 7:25, Mrk.9:5, Jhn.10:3, al; (b) joining affirmative to negative sentences: Luk.3:14, Jhn.4:11, IIIJhn.10; (with) consecutive, and so: Mat.5:1, 23:32, Heb.3:19, al; after imperatives, Mat.4:19, Luk.7:7, al; (d) = καίτοι, and yet: Mat.3:14, 6:26, Mrk.12:12, Luk.18:7 (Field, Notes, 72), 1Co.5:2, al; (e) beginning an apodosis (= Heb. וְ; so sometimes δέ in cl.), then: Luk.2:21, 7:12, Act.1:10; beginning a question (WM, §53, 3a): Mrk.10:26, Luk.10:29, Jhn.9:36. 3) Epexegetic, and, and indeed, namely (WM, §53, 3c): Luk.3:18, Jhn.1:16, Act.23:6, Rom.1:5, 1Co.3:5, al. 4) In transition: Mat.4:23, Mrk.5:1, 21, Jhn.1:19, al; so, Hebraistically, καὶ ἐγένετο (וַי:הִי; also ἐγένετο δέ), Mrk.1:9 (cf. Luk.5:1; V. Burton, §§357-60; M, Pr., 14, 16). 5) καὶ. καί, both. and (for τε. καί, see: τε); (a) connecting single words: Mat.10:28, Mrk.4:41, Rom.11:33, al; (b) clauses and sentences: Mrk.9:13, Jhn.7:28, 1Co.1:22, al. II. Adjunctive, also, even, still: Mat.5:39, 40; Mrk.2:28, al. mult; esp. with pron, adv, etc, Mat.20:4, Jhn.7:47, al; ὡς κ, Act.11:17; καθὼς κ, Rom.15:7; οὑτω κ, Rom.6:11; διὸ κ, Luk.1:35; ὁ κ. (Deiss, BS, 313ff.), Act.13:9; pleonastically, μετὰ κ. (Bl, §77, 7; Deiss, BS, 265f,), Php.4:3; τί κ, 1 Co 15:29; ἀλλὰ κ, Luk.14:22, Jhn.5:18, al; καίγε (M, Pr., 230; Burton, §437), Act.17:27; καίπερ, Heb.5:8; κ. ἐάν, see: ἐάν. ἐάν, contr. fr. εἰ ἄν, conditional particle, representing something as "under certain circumstances actual or liable to happen," but not so definitely expected as in the case of εἰ with ind. (Bl, §65, 4; cf. Jhn.13:17, 1Co.7:36), if haply, if; 1) with subjc. (cl.); (a) pres: Mat.6:22, Luk.10:6, Jhn.7:17, Rom.2:25, 26 al; { (b) aor. (= Lat. fut. pf.): Mat.4:9 16:26 (cf. ptcp. in Luk.9:25; M, Pr., 230), Mrk.3:24, Luk.14:34, Jhn.5:43, Rom.7:2, al; = cl. εἰ, with opt, Jhn.9:22 11:57, Act.9:2; as Heb. אִם = ὅταν, Jhn.12:32 14:3, I Jhn.2:28 3:2, Heb.3:7 " (LXX). 2) C. indic, (as in late writers, fr. Arist. on; see WH, App., 171; VD, MGr. 2, App., §77; Deiss, BS, 201f, LAE, 155, 254; M, Pr., 168, 187; Bl, §65, 4); (a) fut: Mat.18:19 T, Luk.19:40, Act.7:7; (b) pres: 1Th.3:8 (see Milligan, in l.). 3) With other particles: ἐ. καί (Bl, §65, 6), Gal.6:1; ἐ. μή (M, Pr., 185, 187; Bl, l.with), with subjc. pres, Mat.10:13, 1Co.8:8, Jas.2:17, 1Jn.3:21; aor, Mat.6:15, Mrk.3:27, Jhn.3:3, Rom.10:15, Gal.1:8 2:16 (see Lft, Ellic, in ll.); ἐ. τε. ἐ. τε, [in LXX for אִם. אִם, Est.19:13, al,] Rom.14:8. 4) = cl. ἄν (which see) after relat. pronouns and adverbs (Tdf, Pr., 96; WH, App., 173; M, Pr., 42f; Bl, §26, 4; Mayser, 152f; Deiss, BS, 202ff.): ὃς ἐ, Mat.5:19, Mrk.6:22, 23 Luk.17:32, 1Co.6:18, al; ὅπου ἐ, Mat.8:19; ὁσάκις ἐ, Rev.11:6; οὗ ἐ, 1Co.16:6; καθὸ ἐ, 2Co.8:12; ὅστις ἐ, Gal.5:10. (AS)

Liddell-Scott-Jones

Word:

καί

Transliteration:

kai

Gloss:

and

Morphhology:

Greek Conjunction

Definition:

καί, conjunction, copulative, joining words and sentences, A) and; also adverb, even, also, just, frequently expressing emphatic assertion or assent, corresponding as positive to the negative οὐ (μή) or οὐδέ (μηδέ). copulative, and, A.I) joining words or sentences to those preceding, ἦ, καὶ κυανέῃσιν ἐπ᾽ ὀφρύσινεῦσε Κρονίων [Refs 8th c.BC+]: repeated with two or more Nouns, αἱ δὲ ἔλαφοι κ. δορκάδες κ. οἱ ἄγριοι οἶες κ. οἱ ὄνοι οἱ ἄγριοι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; joining only the last pair, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ ὄχλος πλείων κ. πλείων ἐπέρρει more and more, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; to add epithets after πολύς, πολλὰ κ. ἐσθλά [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.I.2) to addalimiting or defining expression, πρὸς μακρὸν ὄρος κ. Κύνθιον ὄχθον to the mountain and specially to, [Refs 5th c.BC+] (sometimes in reverse order, πρὸς δῶμα Διὸς κ. μακρὸν Ὄλυμπον [Refs 8th c.BC+]; to add by way of climax, θεῶν. κ. Ποσειδῶνος all the gods, and above all. , [Refs 5th c.BC+]; frequently ἄλλοι τε καί, ἄλλως τε καί, see at {ἄλλος} [Refs]; ὀλίγου τινὸς ἄξια κ. οὐδενός little or nothing, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. ταῦτα and this too. , γελᾶν ἀναπείθειν, κ. ταῦθ᾽ οὕτω πολέμιον ὄντα τῷ γέλωτι [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II) at the beginning of a sentence, A.II.1) in appeals or requests, καί μοι δὸς τὴν Χεῖρα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; καί μοι λέγε, καί μοι ἀπόκριναι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; frequently in Oratt, καί μοι λέγε. τὸ ψήφισμα, καί μοι ἀνάγνωθι, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.2) in questions, to introduce an objection or express surprise, κ. τίς τόδ᾽ ἐξίκοιτ᾽ ἂν ἀγγέλων τάχο; [Refs 4th c.BC+]; κ. πῶς; pray how? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. δὴ τί; but then what? [Refs]; κ. ποῖον; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. τίς εἶδε πώποτε βοῦς κριβανίτα; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κἄπειτ᾽ ἔκανε; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. τίς πώποτε Χαριζόμενος ἑτέρῳ τοῦτο εἰργάσατ; [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.3) ={καίτοι}, and yet, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.4) at the beginning of a speech, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III) after words implying sameness or like ness, as, γνώμῃσι ἐχρέωντο ὁμοίῃσι κ. σύ they had the same opinion as you, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἴσον or ἴσα κ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν ἴσῳ (i.e. ἐστὶ) κ. εἰ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.2) after words implying comparison or opposition, αἱ δαπάναι οὐχ ὁμοίως κ. πρίν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.3) to express simultaneity, ἦν ἦμαρ δεύτερον, κἀγὼ κατηγόμην [Refs 5th c.BC+]; παρέρχονταί τε μέσαι νύκτες κ. ψύχεται [τὸ ὕδωρ] [Refs 5th c.BC+]; [οἱ Λακεδαιμόνιοι] οὐκ ἔφθασαν τὴν ἀρχὴν κατασχόντες κ. Θηβαίοις εὐθὺς ἐπεβούλευσαν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.IV) joining an affirmative clause with a negative, ἀλλ᾽ ὥς τι δράσων εἷρπε κοὐ θανούμενος [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.V) καί, καί. correlative, not only, but also. , κ. ἀεὶ κ. νῦν, κ. τότε κ. νῦν, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI) by anacoluthon, ὣς φαμένη κ. κερδοσύνῃ ἡγήσατ᾽ Ἀθήνη, for ὣς ἔφη κ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἔρχεται δὲ αὐτή τε. κ. τὸν υἱὸν ἔχουσα, for κ. ὁ υἱός, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B) even, also, just, B.1) τάχα κεν κ. ἀναίτιον αἰτιόῳτο even the innocent, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; δόμεναι κ. μεῖζον ἄεθλον an even greater prize, [Refs]full five,[Refs 5th c.BC+] two or three, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.2) also, κ. ἐγώ I also, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; κ. αὐτοί they also, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Ἀγίας καὶ Σωκράτης κ. τούτω ἀπεθανέτην likewise died, [Refs]; in adding surnames, etc, Ὦχος ὁ κ. Δαρειαῖος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; nominative ὁ κ. first in [Refs 1st c.BC+], frequently later, [Refs 2nd c.AD+], etc; Ἰούδας ὁ κ. Μακκαβαῖος [NT+8th c.BC+]; εἴπερ τι κ. ἄλλο, ὥς τις κ. ἄλλος, [Refs 5th c.BC+], not only, but also. , see at {μόνος}; οὐδὲν μᾶλλον. ἢ οὐ καὶ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.2.b) frequently used both in the antecedent and relative clause, where we put also in the antecedent only, εἰ μὲν κ. σὺ εἶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ὧνπερ κ. ἐγώ [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.3) frequently in apodosi, after temporal Conjs, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε δή ῥα, κ. τότε δή. [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also after εἰ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: as a Hebraism, κ. ἐγένετο. κ. [LXX+NT] B.4) with Advs, to give emphasis, κ. κάρτα [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. λίην full surely, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; κ. πάλαι, κ. πάνυ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. μάλα, κ. σφόδρα, in answers, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.5) with words expressing a minimum, even so much as, were it but, just, ἱέμενος κ. καπνὸν ἀποθρῴσκοντα νοῆσαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οἷς ἡδὺ κ. λέγειν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τίς δὲ κ. προσβλέψετα; who will so much as look at you? [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.6) just, τοῦτ᾽ αὐτὸ κ. νοσοῦμεν 'tis just that that ails me, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: frequently with a relative, τὸ κ. κλαίουσα τέτηκα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; and how long ago was the city sacked? [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ποῦ καί σφε θάπτε; where is he burying her? [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.7) even, just, implying assent, ἔπειτά με κ. λίποι αἰών thereafter let life e'en leave me, [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.8) κ. εἰ even if, of a whole condition represented as an extreme case, opposed to εἰ κ. although, notwithstanding that, of a condition represented as immaterial even if fulfilled,[Refs 8th c.BC+]; εἰ κ. ἠπιστάμην if I had been able, [Refs 5th c.BC+] each exert their force separtely, as εἴ περ ἀδειής τ᾽ ἐστί, καὶ εἰ. and if. [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.9) before a Participle, to represent either καὶ εἰ, or εἰ καί, although, albeit, Ἕκτορα κ. μεμαῶτα μάχης σχήσεσθαι ὀΐω, for ἢν κ. μεμάῃ, how much soever he rage, although he rage, [Refs 8th c.BC+] C) Position: καί and, is by Poets sometimes put after another word, ἔγνωκα, τοῖσδε κοὐδὲν ἀντειπεῖν ἔχω, for καὶ τοῖσδε οὐδέν [Refs 4th c.BC+] C.2) καί also, sometimes goes between a preposition and its case, ἐν κ. θαλάσσᾳ [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.3) very seldom at the end of a verse, [Refs 5th c.BC+] D) crasis: with ᾰ, as κἄν, κἀγαθοί, etc; with ε, as κἀγώ, κἄπειτα, etc, Doric dialect κἠγώ, κἤπειτα, etc; with η, as Χἠ, Χἠμέρη, Χἠμεῖς, etc; with ῐ in Χἰκετεύετε, Χἰλαρ; with ο, as Χὠ, Χὤστις, etc; with υ in Χὐμεῖς, Χὐποχείριον, etc; with ω in the pronoun ᾧ, Χ; with αι, as κᾀσχρῶ; with αυ, as καὐτό; with ει, as κεἰ, κεἰς (but also κἀς), κᾆτ; with εὐ, as κεὐγένεια, κεὐσταλή; with οι in Χοἰ (Χᾠ [Refs]; with ου in Χοὖτος, κοὐ, κοὐδέ, and the like.

Strongs

Word:

καί

Transliteration:

kaí

Pronounciation:

kahee

Language:

Greek

Morphhology:

Conjunction

Definition:

and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words; and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet; apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force

again

Strongs:

g3825

Greek:

πάλιν

Transliteration:

palin

Usage:

145 times in 15 books, 75 chapters, and 139 verses

Context:

Next word

Toggle Lexicon

Morphhology:

Adverb

Grammar:

DESCRIBING a specific ACTION

Source:

[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources

Editions:

NA28, NA27, Tyn, SBL, WH, Treg, TR, Byz

Tyndale

Word:

πάλιν

Transliteration:

palin

Gloss:

again

Morphhology:

Greek Adverb

Definition:

πάλιν, adv., [in LXX for שׁוּב, etc;] 1) of place, back, backwards (LS, see word). 2) Of time, again, once more: Mat.4:8, Mrk.2:13, Luk.23:20, Jhn.1:35 (and freq.), Act.17:32, Rom.11:23, Gal.1:9, Heb.1:6, al; pleonastically, π. ἀνακάμπτειν, Act.18:21; ὑποστρέφειν, Gal.1:17; εἰς τὸ π, 2Co.13:2; π. ἐκ τρίτου (Bl, §81, 4), Mat.26:44; ἐκ δευτέρου, Mat.26:42, Act.10:15; π. δεῦτερον, Jhn.4:54 21:16; π. ἄνωθεν (Wis.19:6), Gal.4:9. 3) Rhetorically, again; (a) further, moreover: Mat.5:33, Luk.13:20, Jhn.12:39, al; (b) in turn, on the other hand (Soph; LXX: Wis.13:8 16:23, al.): Luk.6:43, 1Co.12:21, 2Co.10:7, 1Jn.2:8. (AS)

Liddell-Scott-Jones

Word:

πάλιν

Transliteration:

palin

Gloss:

again

Morphhology:

Greek Adverb

Definition:

πάλῐν [ᾰ], poetry also πάλι (q.see), adverb 1) of Place, back, backwards (the usual sense in early Epic dialect), mostly joined with Verbs of going, coming, etc; π. χώρει [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. ἐλεύσεται, κατελθεῖν, ἐπανέλθωμεν, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; δεῦρο σωθήσῃ π. [Refs]; δόμεναι π. give back, restore, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; π. ἀγκαλέσαι to call back, [Refs 4th c.BC+] she turned back from her son, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: coupled with other adverbs, π. αὖτις ἔβαινον νηὸς ἐπὶ γλαφυρῆς [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὖ π. [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἄψορρον π. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. οἴκαδε, π. οἴκαδ᾽ αὖ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: with the Article, ἡ π. ὁδός [Refs 5th c.BC+] 2) to express contradiction, π. ἐρέει gainsay, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; π. ὅ γε λάζετο μῦθον took back his word, unsaid it, [Refs]; opposed to ἀληθέα εἰπεῖν, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; μηδέ τῳ δόξῃ π. let no one think contrariwise, [Refs 4th c.BC+]: in Prose, contrariwise, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὖ. π. [Refs] youth's opposite, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; χρόνου τὸ π. the change of time, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; compare ἔμπαλιν. II) of Time, again, once more, rare in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; π. ἐξ ἀρχῆς [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. καὶ π. [Refs 1st c.BC+]; ἔγχει καὶ π. εἰπέ, π. π. Ἡλιοδώρας” [Refs 8th c.BC+] III) in turn, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; again, πρῶτον μέν. ἔπειτα π. [Refs 4th c.BC+] sometimes means doubly, as in παλιμμήκης, παλίνσκιος.)

Strongs

Word:

πάλιν

Transliteration:

pálin

Pronounciation:

pal'-in

Language:

Greek

Morphhology:

Adverb

Definition:

(adverbially) anew, i.e. (of place) back, (of time) once more, or (conjunctionally) furthermore or on the other hand; again; probably from the same as g3823 (πάλη) (through the idea of oscillatory repetition)

a little [while]

Strongs:

g3398

Lexicon:

μικρός

Greek:

μικρὸν

Transliteration:

mikron

Usage:

46 times in 11 books, 33 chapters, and 44 verses

Context:

Next word

Toggle Lexicon

and

Strongs:

g2532

Lexicon:

καί

Greek:

καὶ

Transliteration:

kai

Usage:

9585 times in 27 books, 260 chapters, and 5307 verses

Context:

Next word

Toggle Lexicon

Morphhology:

Conjunction

Source:

[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources

Editions:

NA28, NA27, Tyn, SBL, WH, Treg, TR, Byz

Tyndale

Word:

καί

Transliteration:

kai

Gloss:

and

Morphhology:

Greek Conjunction

Definition:

καί, conj., and I. Copulative. 1) Connecting single words; (a) in general: Mat.2:18, 16:1, Mrk.2:15, Luk.8:15, Heb.1:1, al. mult; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mat.23:23, Luk.14:21, Rom.7:12, 9:4, al. (b) connecting numerals (WM, §37, 4): Jhn.2:20, Act.13:20; (with) joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mat.8:33, 26:59, Mrk.16:17, Act.5:29, al. 2) Connecting clauses and sentences: Mat.3:12, Act.5:21, al. mult; esp. (a) where, after the simplicity of the popular language, sentences are paratactically joined (WM, §60, 3; M, Pr., 12; Deiss, LAE, 128ff.): Mat.1:21, 7:25, Mrk.9:5, Jhn.10:3, al; (b) joining affirmative to negative sentences: Luk.3:14, Jhn.4:11, IIIJhn.10; (with) consecutive, and so: Mat.5:1, 23:32, Heb.3:19, al; after imperatives, Mat.4:19, Luk.7:7, al; (d) = καίτοι, and yet: Mat.3:14, 6:26, Mrk.12:12, Luk.18:7 (Field, Notes, 72), 1Co.5:2, al; (e) beginning an apodosis (= Heb. וְ; so sometimes δέ in cl.), then: Luk.2:21, 7:12, Act.1:10; beginning a question (WM, §53, 3a): Mrk.10:26, Luk.10:29, Jhn.9:36. 3) Epexegetic, and, and indeed, namely (WM, §53, 3c): Luk.3:18, Jhn.1:16, Act.23:6, Rom.1:5, 1Co.3:5, al. 4) In transition: Mat.4:23, Mrk.5:1, 21, Jhn.1:19, al; so, Hebraistically, καὶ ἐγένετο (וַי:הִי; also ἐγένετο δέ), Mrk.1:9 (cf. Luk.5:1; V. Burton, §§357-60; M, Pr., 14, 16). 5) καὶ. καί, both. and (for τε. καί, see: τε); (a) connecting single words: Mat.10:28, Mrk.4:41, Rom.11:33, al; (b) clauses and sentences: Mrk.9:13, Jhn.7:28, 1Co.1:22, al. II. Adjunctive, also, even, still: Mat.5:39, 40; Mrk.2:28, al. mult; esp. with pron, adv, etc, Mat.20:4, Jhn.7:47, al; ὡς κ, Act.11:17; καθὼς κ, Rom.15:7; οὑτω κ, Rom.6:11; διὸ κ, Luk.1:35; ὁ κ. (Deiss, BS, 313ff.), Act.13:9; pleonastically, μετὰ κ. (Bl, §77, 7; Deiss, BS, 265f,), Php.4:3; τί κ, 1 Co 15:29; ἀλλὰ κ, Luk.14:22, Jhn.5:18, al; καίγε (M, Pr., 230; Burton, §437), Act.17:27; καίπερ, Heb.5:8; κ. ἐάν, see: ἐάν. ἐάν, contr. fr. εἰ ἄν, conditional particle, representing something as "under certain circumstances actual or liable to happen," but not so definitely expected as in the case of εἰ with ind. (Bl, §65, 4; cf. Jhn.13:17, 1Co.7:36), if haply, if; 1) with subjc. (cl.); (a) pres: Mat.6:22, Luk.10:6, Jhn.7:17, Rom.2:25, 26 al; { (b) aor. (= Lat. fut. pf.): Mat.4:9 16:26 (cf. ptcp. in Luk.9:25; M, Pr., 230), Mrk.3:24, Luk.14:34, Jhn.5:43, Rom.7:2, al; = cl. εἰ, with opt, Jhn.9:22 11:57, Act.9:2; as Heb. אִם = ὅταν, Jhn.12:32 14:3, I Jhn.2:28 3:2, Heb.3:7 " (LXX). 2) C. indic, (as in late writers, fr. Arist. on; see WH, App., 171; VD, MGr. 2, App., §77; Deiss, BS, 201f, LAE, 155, 254; M, Pr., 168, 187; Bl, §65, 4); (a) fut: Mat.18:19 T, Luk.19:40, Act.7:7; (b) pres: 1Th.3:8 (see Milligan, in l.). 3) With other particles: ἐ. καί (Bl, §65, 6), Gal.6:1; ἐ. μή (M, Pr., 185, 187; Bl, l.with), with subjc. pres, Mat.10:13, 1Co.8:8, Jas.2:17, 1Jn.3:21; aor, Mat.6:15, Mrk.3:27, Jhn.3:3, Rom.10:15, Gal.1:8 2:16 (see Lft, Ellic, in ll.); ἐ. τε. ἐ. τε, [in LXX for אִם. אִם, Est.19:13, al,] Rom.14:8. 4) = cl. ἄν (which see) after relat. pronouns and adverbs (Tdf, Pr., 96; WH, App., 173; M, Pr., 42f; Bl, §26, 4; Mayser, 152f; Deiss, BS, 202ff.): ὃς ἐ, Mat.5:19, Mrk.6:22, 23 Luk.17:32, 1Co.6:18, al; ὅπου ἐ, Mat.8:19; ὁσάκις ἐ, Rev.11:6; οὗ ἐ, 1Co.16:6; καθὸ ἐ, 2Co.8:12; ὅστις ἐ, Gal.5:10. (AS)

Liddell-Scott-Jones

Word:

καί

Transliteration:

kai

Gloss:

and

Morphhology:

Greek Conjunction

Definition:

καί, conjunction, copulative, joining words and sentences, A) and; also adverb, even, also, just, frequently expressing emphatic assertion or assent, corresponding as positive to the negative οὐ (μή) or οὐδέ (μηδέ). copulative, and, A.I) joining words or sentences to those preceding, ἦ, καὶ κυανέῃσιν ἐπ᾽ ὀφρύσινεῦσε Κρονίων [Refs 8th c.BC+]: repeated with two or more Nouns, αἱ δὲ ἔλαφοι κ. δορκάδες κ. οἱ ἄγριοι οἶες κ. οἱ ὄνοι οἱ ἄγριοι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; joining only the last pair, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ ὄχλος πλείων κ. πλείων ἐπέρρει more and more, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; to add epithets after πολύς, πολλὰ κ. ἐσθλά [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.I.2) to addalimiting or defining expression, πρὸς μακρὸν ὄρος κ. Κύνθιον ὄχθον to the mountain and specially to, [Refs 5th c.BC+] (sometimes in reverse order, πρὸς δῶμα Διὸς κ. μακρὸν Ὄλυμπον [Refs 8th c.BC+]; to add by way of climax, θεῶν. κ. Ποσειδῶνος all the gods, and above all. , [Refs 5th c.BC+]; frequently ἄλλοι τε καί, ἄλλως τε καί, see at {ἄλλος} [Refs]; ὀλίγου τινὸς ἄξια κ. οὐδενός little or nothing, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. ταῦτα and this too. , γελᾶν ἀναπείθειν, κ. ταῦθ᾽ οὕτω πολέμιον ὄντα τῷ γέλωτι [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II) at the beginning of a sentence, A.II.1) in appeals or requests, καί μοι δὸς τὴν Χεῖρα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; καί μοι λέγε, καί μοι ἀπόκριναι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; frequently in Oratt, καί μοι λέγε. τὸ ψήφισμα, καί μοι ἀνάγνωθι, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.2) in questions, to introduce an objection or express surprise, κ. τίς τόδ᾽ ἐξίκοιτ᾽ ἂν ἀγγέλων τάχο; [Refs 4th c.BC+]; κ. πῶς; pray how? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. δὴ τί; but then what? [Refs]; κ. ποῖον; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. τίς εἶδε πώποτε βοῦς κριβανίτα; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κἄπειτ᾽ ἔκανε; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. τίς πώποτε Χαριζόμενος ἑτέρῳ τοῦτο εἰργάσατ; [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.3) ={καίτοι}, and yet, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.4) at the beginning of a speech, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III) after words implying sameness or like ness, as, γνώμῃσι ἐχρέωντο ὁμοίῃσι κ. σύ they had the same opinion as you, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἴσον or ἴσα κ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν ἴσῳ (i.e. ἐστὶ) κ. εἰ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.2) after words implying comparison or opposition, αἱ δαπάναι οὐχ ὁμοίως κ. πρίν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.3) to express simultaneity, ἦν ἦμαρ δεύτερον, κἀγὼ κατηγόμην [Refs 5th c.BC+]; παρέρχονταί τε μέσαι νύκτες κ. ψύχεται [τὸ ὕδωρ] [Refs 5th c.BC+]; [οἱ Λακεδαιμόνιοι] οὐκ ἔφθασαν τὴν ἀρχὴν κατασχόντες κ. Θηβαίοις εὐθὺς ἐπεβούλευσαν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.IV) joining an affirmative clause with a negative, ἀλλ᾽ ὥς τι δράσων εἷρπε κοὐ θανούμενος [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.V) καί, καί. correlative, not only, but also. , κ. ἀεὶ κ. νῦν, κ. τότε κ. νῦν, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI) by anacoluthon, ὣς φαμένη κ. κερδοσύνῃ ἡγήσατ᾽ Ἀθήνη, for ὣς ἔφη κ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἔρχεται δὲ αὐτή τε. κ. τὸν υἱὸν ἔχουσα, for κ. ὁ υἱός, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B) even, also, just, B.1) τάχα κεν κ. ἀναίτιον αἰτιόῳτο even the innocent, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; δόμεναι κ. μεῖζον ἄεθλον an even greater prize, [Refs]full five,[Refs 5th c.BC+] two or three, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.2) also, κ. ἐγώ I also, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; κ. αὐτοί they also, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Ἀγίας καὶ Σωκράτης κ. τούτω ἀπεθανέτην likewise died, [Refs]; in adding surnames, etc, Ὦχος ὁ κ. Δαρειαῖος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; nominative ὁ κ. first in [Refs 1st c.BC+], frequently later, [Refs 2nd c.AD+], etc; Ἰούδας ὁ κ. Μακκαβαῖος [NT+8th c.BC+]; εἴπερ τι κ. ἄλλο, ὥς τις κ. ἄλλος, [Refs 5th c.BC+], not only, but also. , see at {μόνος}; οὐδὲν μᾶλλον. ἢ οὐ καὶ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.2.b) frequently used both in the antecedent and relative clause, where we put also in the antecedent only, εἰ μὲν κ. σὺ εἶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ὧνπερ κ. ἐγώ [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.3) frequently in apodosi, after temporal Conjs, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε δή ῥα, κ. τότε δή. [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also after εἰ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: as a Hebraism, κ. ἐγένετο. κ. [LXX+NT] B.4) with Advs, to give emphasis, κ. κάρτα [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. λίην full surely, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; κ. πάλαι, κ. πάνυ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. μάλα, κ. σφόδρα, in answers, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.5) with words expressing a minimum, even so much as, were it but, just, ἱέμενος κ. καπνὸν ἀποθρῴσκοντα νοῆσαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οἷς ἡδὺ κ. λέγειν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τίς δὲ κ. προσβλέψετα; who will so much as look at you? [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.6) just, τοῦτ᾽ αὐτὸ κ. νοσοῦμεν 'tis just that that ails me, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: frequently with a relative, τὸ κ. κλαίουσα τέτηκα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; and how long ago was the city sacked? [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ποῦ καί σφε θάπτε; where is he burying her? [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.7) even, just, implying assent, ἔπειτά με κ. λίποι αἰών thereafter let life e'en leave me, [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.8) κ. εἰ even if, of a whole condition represented as an extreme case, opposed to εἰ κ. although, notwithstanding that, of a condition represented as immaterial even if fulfilled,[Refs 8th c.BC+]; εἰ κ. ἠπιστάμην if I had been able, [Refs 5th c.BC+] each exert their force separtely, as εἴ περ ἀδειής τ᾽ ἐστί, καὶ εἰ. and if. [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.9) before a Participle, to represent either καὶ εἰ, or εἰ καί, although, albeit, Ἕκτορα κ. μεμαῶτα μάχης σχήσεσθαι ὀΐω, for ἢν κ. μεμάῃ, how much soever he rage, although he rage, [Refs 8th c.BC+] C) Position: καί and, is by Poets sometimes put after another word, ἔγνωκα, τοῖσδε κοὐδὲν ἀντειπεῖν ἔχω, for καὶ τοῖσδε οὐδέν [Refs 4th c.BC+] C.2) καί also, sometimes goes between a preposition and its case, ἐν κ. θαλάσσᾳ [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.3) very seldom at the end of a verse, [Refs 5th c.BC+] D) crasis: with ᾰ, as κἄν, κἀγαθοί, etc; with ε, as κἀγώ, κἄπειτα, etc, Doric dialect κἠγώ, κἤπειτα, etc; with η, as Χἠ, Χἠμέρη, Χἠμεῖς, etc; with ῐ in Χἰκετεύετε, Χἰλαρ; with ο, as Χὠ, Χὤστις, etc; with υ in Χὐμεῖς, Χὐποχείριον, etc; with ω in the pronoun ᾧ, Χ; with αι, as κᾀσχρῶ; with αυ, as καὐτό; with ει, as κεἰ, κεἰς (but also κἀς), κᾆτ; with εὐ, as κεὐγένεια, κεὐσταλή; with οι in Χοἰ (Χᾠ [Refs]; with ου in Χοὖτος, κοὐ, κοὐδέ, and the like.

Strongs

Word:

καί

Transliteration:

kaí

Pronounciation:

kahee

Language:

Greek

Morphhology:

Conjunction

Definition:

and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words; and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet; apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force

you will behold

Strongs:

g3700

Lexicon:

ὁράω

Greek:

ὄψεσθέ

Transliteration:

opsesthe

Usage:

54 times in 11 books, 41 chapters, and 53 verses

Context:

Next word

Toggle Lexicon

Me’?

Strongs:

g3165

Lexicon:

ἐγώ

Greek:

με;

Transliteration:

me

Usage:

2035 times in 27 books, 247 chapters, and 1551 verses

Context:

Next word

Toggle Lexicon

and

Strongs:

g2532

Lexicon:

καί

Greek:

καὶ

Transliteration:

kai

Usage:

9585 times in 27 books, 260 chapters, and 5307 verses

Context:

Next word

Toggle Lexicon

Morphhology:

Conjunction

Source:

[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources

Editions:

NA28, NA27, Tyn, SBL, WH, Treg, TR, Byz

Tyndale

Word:

καί

Transliteration:

kai

Gloss:

and

Morphhology:

Greek Conjunction

Definition:

καί, conj., and I. Copulative. 1) Connecting single words; (a) in general: Mat.2:18, 16:1, Mrk.2:15, Luk.8:15, Heb.1:1, al. mult; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mat.23:23, Luk.14:21, Rom.7:12, 9:4, al. (b) connecting numerals (WM, §37, 4): Jhn.2:20, Act.13:20; (with) joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mat.8:33, 26:59, Mrk.16:17, Act.5:29, al. 2) Connecting clauses and sentences: Mat.3:12, Act.5:21, al. mult; esp. (a) where, after the simplicity of the popular language, sentences are paratactically joined (WM, §60, 3; M, Pr., 12; Deiss, LAE, 128ff.): Mat.1:21, 7:25, Mrk.9:5, Jhn.10:3, al; (b) joining affirmative to negative sentences: Luk.3:14, Jhn.4:11, IIIJhn.10; (with) consecutive, and so: Mat.5:1, 23:32, Heb.3:19, al; after imperatives, Mat.4:19, Luk.7:7, al; (d) = καίτοι, and yet: Mat.3:14, 6:26, Mrk.12:12, Luk.18:7 (Field, Notes, 72), 1Co.5:2, al; (e) beginning an apodosis (= Heb. וְ; so sometimes δέ in cl.), then: Luk.2:21, 7:12, Act.1:10; beginning a question (WM, §53, 3a): Mrk.10:26, Luk.10:29, Jhn.9:36. 3) Epexegetic, and, and indeed, namely (WM, §53, 3c): Luk.3:18, Jhn.1:16, Act.23:6, Rom.1:5, 1Co.3:5, al. 4) In transition: Mat.4:23, Mrk.5:1, 21, Jhn.1:19, al; so, Hebraistically, καὶ ἐγένετο (וַי:הִי; also ἐγένετο δέ), Mrk.1:9 (cf. Luk.5:1; V. Burton, §§357-60; M, Pr., 14, 16). 5) καὶ. καί, both. and (for τε. καί, see: τε); (a) connecting single words: Mat.10:28, Mrk.4:41, Rom.11:33, al; (b) clauses and sentences: Mrk.9:13, Jhn.7:28, 1Co.1:22, al. II. Adjunctive, also, even, still: Mat.5:39, 40; Mrk.2:28, al. mult; esp. with pron, adv, etc, Mat.20:4, Jhn.7:47, al; ὡς κ, Act.11:17; καθὼς κ, Rom.15:7; οὑτω κ, Rom.6:11; διὸ κ, Luk.1:35; ὁ κ. (Deiss, BS, 313ff.), Act.13:9; pleonastically, μετὰ κ. (Bl, §77, 7; Deiss, BS, 265f,), Php.4:3; τί κ, 1 Co 15:29; ἀλλὰ κ, Luk.14:22, Jhn.5:18, al; καίγε (M, Pr., 230; Burton, §437), Act.17:27; καίπερ, Heb.5:8; κ. ἐάν, see: ἐάν. ἐάν, contr. fr. εἰ ἄν, conditional particle, representing something as "under certain circumstances actual or liable to happen," but not so definitely expected as in the case of εἰ with ind. (Bl, §65, 4; cf. Jhn.13:17, 1Co.7:36), if haply, if; 1) with subjc. (cl.); (a) pres: Mat.6:22, Luk.10:6, Jhn.7:17, Rom.2:25, 26 al; { (b) aor. (= Lat. fut. pf.): Mat.4:9 16:26 (cf. ptcp. in Luk.9:25; M, Pr., 230), Mrk.3:24, Luk.14:34, Jhn.5:43, Rom.7:2, al; = cl. εἰ, with opt, Jhn.9:22 11:57, Act.9:2; as Heb. אִם = ὅταν, Jhn.12:32 14:3, I Jhn.2:28 3:2, Heb.3:7 " (LXX). 2) C. indic, (as in late writers, fr. Arist. on; see WH, App., 171; VD, MGr. 2, App., §77; Deiss, BS, 201f, LAE, 155, 254; M, Pr., 168, 187; Bl, §65, 4); (a) fut: Mat.18:19 T, Luk.19:40, Act.7:7; (b) pres: 1Th.3:8 (see Milligan, in l.). 3) With other particles: ἐ. καί (Bl, §65, 6), Gal.6:1; ἐ. μή (M, Pr., 185, 187; Bl, l.with), with subjc. pres, Mat.10:13, 1Co.8:8, Jas.2:17, 1Jn.3:21; aor, Mat.6:15, Mrk.3:27, Jhn.3:3, Rom.10:15, Gal.1:8 2:16 (see Lft, Ellic, in ll.); ἐ. τε. ἐ. τε, [in LXX for אִם. אִם, Est.19:13, al,] Rom.14:8. 4) = cl. ἄν (which see) after relat. pronouns and adverbs (Tdf, Pr., 96; WH, App., 173; M, Pr., 42f; Bl, §26, 4; Mayser, 152f; Deiss, BS, 202ff.): ὃς ἐ, Mat.5:19, Mrk.6:22, 23 Luk.17:32, 1Co.6:18, al; ὅπου ἐ, Mat.8:19; ὁσάκις ἐ, Rev.11:6; οὗ ἐ, 1Co.16:6; καθὸ ἐ, 2Co.8:12; ὅστις ἐ, Gal.5:10. (AS)

Liddell-Scott-Jones

Word:

καί

Transliteration:

kai

Gloss:

and

Morphhology:

Greek Conjunction

Definition:

καί, conjunction, copulative, joining words and sentences, A) and; also adverb, even, also, just, frequently expressing emphatic assertion or assent, corresponding as positive to the negative οὐ (μή) or οὐδέ (μηδέ). copulative, and, A.I) joining words or sentences to those preceding, ἦ, καὶ κυανέῃσιν ἐπ᾽ ὀφρύσινεῦσε Κρονίων [Refs 8th c.BC+]: repeated with two or more Nouns, αἱ δὲ ἔλαφοι κ. δορκάδες κ. οἱ ἄγριοι οἶες κ. οἱ ὄνοι οἱ ἄγριοι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; joining only the last pair, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ ὄχλος πλείων κ. πλείων ἐπέρρει more and more, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; to add epithets after πολύς, πολλὰ κ. ἐσθλά [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.I.2) to addalimiting or defining expression, πρὸς μακρὸν ὄρος κ. Κύνθιον ὄχθον to the mountain and specially to, [Refs 5th c.BC+] (sometimes in reverse order, πρὸς δῶμα Διὸς κ. μακρὸν Ὄλυμπον [Refs 8th c.BC+]; to add by way of climax, θεῶν. κ. Ποσειδῶνος all the gods, and above all. , [Refs 5th c.BC+]; frequently ἄλλοι τε καί, ἄλλως τε καί, see at {ἄλλος} [Refs]; ὀλίγου τινὸς ἄξια κ. οὐδενός little or nothing, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. ταῦτα and this too. , γελᾶν ἀναπείθειν, κ. ταῦθ᾽ οὕτω πολέμιον ὄντα τῷ γέλωτι [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II) at the beginning of a sentence, A.II.1) in appeals or requests, καί μοι δὸς τὴν Χεῖρα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; καί μοι λέγε, καί μοι ἀπόκριναι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; frequently in Oratt, καί μοι λέγε. τὸ ψήφισμα, καί μοι ἀνάγνωθι, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.2) in questions, to introduce an objection or express surprise, κ. τίς τόδ᾽ ἐξίκοιτ᾽ ἂν ἀγγέλων τάχο; [Refs 4th c.BC+]; κ. πῶς; pray how? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. δὴ τί; but then what? [Refs]; κ. ποῖον; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. τίς εἶδε πώποτε βοῦς κριβανίτα; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κἄπειτ᾽ ἔκανε; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. τίς πώποτε Χαριζόμενος ἑτέρῳ τοῦτο εἰργάσατ; [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.3) ={καίτοι}, and yet, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.4) at the beginning of a speech, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III) after words implying sameness or like ness, as, γνώμῃσι ἐχρέωντο ὁμοίῃσι κ. σύ they had the same opinion as you, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἴσον or ἴσα κ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν ἴσῳ (i.e. ἐστὶ) κ. εἰ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.2) after words implying comparison or opposition, αἱ δαπάναι οὐχ ὁμοίως κ. πρίν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.3) to express simultaneity, ἦν ἦμαρ δεύτερον, κἀγὼ κατηγόμην [Refs 5th c.BC+]; παρέρχονταί τε μέσαι νύκτες κ. ψύχεται [τὸ ὕδωρ] [Refs 5th c.BC+]; [οἱ Λακεδαιμόνιοι] οὐκ ἔφθασαν τὴν ἀρχὴν κατασχόντες κ. Θηβαίοις εὐθὺς ἐπεβούλευσαν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.IV) joining an affirmative clause with a negative, ἀλλ᾽ ὥς τι δράσων εἷρπε κοὐ θανούμενος [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.V) καί, καί. correlative, not only, but also. , κ. ἀεὶ κ. νῦν, κ. τότε κ. νῦν, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI) by anacoluthon, ὣς φαμένη κ. κερδοσύνῃ ἡγήσατ᾽ Ἀθήνη, for ὣς ἔφη κ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἔρχεται δὲ αὐτή τε. κ. τὸν υἱὸν ἔχουσα, for κ. ὁ υἱός, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B) even, also, just, B.1) τάχα κεν κ. ἀναίτιον αἰτιόῳτο even the innocent, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; δόμεναι κ. μεῖζον ἄεθλον an even greater prize, [Refs]full five,[Refs 5th c.BC+] two or three, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.2) also, κ. ἐγώ I also, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; κ. αὐτοί they also, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Ἀγίας καὶ Σωκράτης κ. τούτω ἀπεθανέτην likewise died, [Refs]; in adding surnames, etc, Ὦχος ὁ κ. Δαρειαῖος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; nominative ὁ κ. first in [Refs 1st c.BC+], frequently later, [Refs 2nd c.AD+], etc; Ἰούδας ὁ κ. Μακκαβαῖος [NT+8th c.BC+]; εἴπερ τι κ. ἄλλο, ὥς τις κ. ἄλλος, [Refs 5th c.BC+], not only, but also. , see at {μόνος}; οὐδὲν μᾶλλον. ἢ οὐ καὶ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.2.b) frequently used both in the antecedent and relative clause, where we put also in the antecedent only, εἰ μὲν κ. σὺ εἶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ὧνπερ κ. ἐγώ [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.3) frequently in apodosi, after temporal Conjs, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε δή ῥα, κ. τότε δή. [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also after εἰ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: as a Hebraism, κ. ἐγένετο. κ. [LXX+NT] B.4) with Advs, to give emphasis, κ. κάρτα [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. λίην full surely, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; κ. πάλαι, κ. πάνυ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. μάλα, κ. σφόδρα, in answers, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.5) with words expressing a minimum, even so much as, were it but, just, ἱέμενος κ. καπνὸν ἀποθρῴσκοντα νοῆσαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οἷς ἡδὺ κ. λέγειν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τίς δὲ κ. προσβλέψετα; who will so much as look at you? [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.6) just, τοῦτ᾽ αὐτὸ κ. νοσοῦμεν 'tis just that that ails me, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: frequently with a relative, τὸ κ. κλαίουσα τέτηκα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; and how long ago was the city sacked? [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ποῦ καί σφε θάπτε; where is he burying her? [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.7) even, just, implying assent, ἔπειτά με κ. λίποι αἰών thereafter let life e'en leave me, [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.8) κ. εἰ even if, of a whole condition represented as an extreme case, opposed to εἰ κ. although, notwithstanding that, of a condition represented as immaterial even if fulfilled,[Refs 8th c.BC+]; εἰ κ. ἠπιστάμην if I had been able, [Refs 5th c.BC+] each exert their force separtely, as εἴ περ ἀδειής τ᾽ ἐστί, καὶ εἰ. and if. [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.9) before a Participle, to represent either καὶ εἰ, or εἰ καί, although, albeit, Ἕκτορα κ. μεμαῶτα μάχης σχήσεσθαι ὀΐω, for ἢν κ. μεμάῃ, how much soever he rage, although he rage, [Refs 8th c.BC+] C) Position: καί and, is by Poets sometimes put after another word, ἔγνωκα, τοῖσδε κοὐδὲν ἀντειπεῖν ἔχω, for καὶ τοῖσδε οὐδέν [Refs 4th c.BC+] C.2) καί also, sometimes goes between a preposition and its case, ἐν κ. θαλάσσᾳ [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.3) very seldom at the end of a verse, [Refs 5th c.BC+] D) crasis: with ᾰ, as κἄν, κἀγαθοί, etc; with ε, as κἀγώ, κἄπειτα, etc, Doric dialect κἠγώ, κἤπειτα, etc; with η, as Χἠ, Χἠμέρη, Χἠμεῖς, etc; with ῐ in Χἰκετεύετε, Χἰλαρ; with ο, as Χὠ, Χὤστις, etc; with υ in Χὐμεῖς, Χὐποχείριον, etc; with ω in the pronoun ᾧ, Χ; with αι, as κᾀσχρῶ; with αυ, as καὐτό; with ει, as κεἰ, κεἰς (but also κἀς), κᾆτ; with εὐ, as κεὐγένεια, κεὐσταλή; with οι in Χοἰ (Χᾠ [Refs]; with ου in Χοὖτος, κοὐ, κοὐδέ, and the like.

Strongs

Word:

καί

Transliteration:

kaí

Pronounciation:

kahee

Language:

Greek

Morphhology:

Conjunction

Definition:

and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words; and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet; apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force

Because

Strongs:

g3754H

Strongs extended:

g3754, g3754G, g3754H

Greek:

ὅτι

Transliteration:

hoti

Usage:

468 times in 24 books, 173 chapters, and 440 verses

Context:

Next word

Toggle Lexicon

I myself

Strongs:

g1473

Lexicon:

ἐγώ

Greek:

ἐγὼ

Transliteration:

egō

Usage:

868 times in 26 books, 176 chapters, and 679 verses

Context:

Next word

Toggle Lexicon

Gloss:

I/we

Morphhology:

Personal pronoun 1st Nominative Singular

Grammar:

a reference to a recently mentioned person or thing that is speaking or writing that is doing something

Source:

[Tag=k] Minor not translated from KJV sources, absent in Nestlé-Aland and other sources

Editions:

TR, Byz

Tyndale

Word:

ἐγώ

Transliteration:

egō

Gloss:

I/we

Morphhology:

Greek Personal Pronoun (1st person)

Definition:

ἐγώ, genitive, etc, ἐμοῦ, ἐμοί, ἐμέ (enclitic μου, μοι, με), pl. ἡμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς, of person(s) pron. I. (a) The nom. is usually emphatic, when expressed as subjc, as in Mat.3:11, Mrk.1:8, Luk.3:16, al. But often there is no apparent emphasis, as Mat.10:16, Jhn.10:17; ἰδοὺ ἐ. (= Heb. הִנֵּנִי, cf. 1Ki.3:8), Act.9:10; ἐ. (like Heb. אֲנִי), I am, Jhn.1:23 (LXX), Act.7:32 (LXX). (b) The enclitic forms (see supr.) are used with nouns, adjectives, verbs, adverbs, where there is no emphasis: ἐν τ. πατρί μου, Jhn.14:20; μου τ. λόγους, Mat.7:24; ὀπίσω μου, Mat.3:11; ἰσχυρότερός μου, ib; λέγει μοι, Rev.5:5; also with the prep. πρός, as Mrk.9:19, al. The full forms (ἐμοῦ, etc.) are used with the other prepositions, as δι᾽ ἐμοῦ, ἐν ἐμοί, εἰς ἐμέ, etc, also for emphasis, as Luk.10:16, Jhn.7:23, Mrk.14:7, al. (with) The genitive μου and ἡμῶν are often used for the poss. pronouns ἐμός, ἡμέτερος: τ. λαόν μου, Mat.2:6; μου τῂ ἀπιστιᾳ, Mrk.9:24. (d) τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί (= Heb. מַה־לִי וָלָךְ, Jdg.11:12, al.), i.e. what have we in common: Mat.8:29, Mrk.1:24, 5:7, Luk.8:28, Jhn.2:4; τί γάρ μοι, 1Co.5:2. (e) The interchange of ἐγώ and ἡμεῖς, common in π, appears in Pauline Epp. (see M, Pr., 86f, M, Th., 131f.). (f) κἀγώ (= καὶ ἐγώ), and I, even I, I also: Mat.2:8, Luk.2:48, Jhn.6:56, Rom.3:7, 1Co.7:40, al; κἀγώ. καί, both. and, Jhn.7:28. (AS)

Liddell-Scott-Jones

Word:

ἐγώ

Transliteration:

egō

Gloss:

I/we

Morphhology:

Greek Personal Pronoun (1st person)

Definition:

ἐγώ, I: pronoun of the first person:—Epic dialect mostly ἐγών before vowels (so in Doric dialect, before consonants, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect ἱών [Refs 2nd c.AD+]:— strengthened ἔγωγε, I at least, for my part, indeed, for myself (more frequently in Attic dialect than in [Refs 8th c.BC+]: Doric dialect ἐγώνγα [Refs 7th c.BC+]: Boeotian dialect ἱώνγα [Refs 6th c.BC+]; ἱώνει [Refs]; ἰώγα [Refs 5th c.BC+]: Laconian dialect and Tarentum dialect ἐγώνη, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] II) oblique cases from a different root, genitive ἐμοῦ, enclitic μο; Ionic dialect and Epic dialect ἐμέο, ἐμεῦ, μευ, also ἐμέθεν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Aeolic dialect ἔμεθεν [Refs 7th c.BC+]; Doric dialect ἐμέος, ἐμεῦς, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect ἐμοῦς [Refs 6th c.BC+] — _dative_ ἐμοί, enclitic μοι (which may be compared with Sanskrit genitive me in κλῦθί μοι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Doric dialect ἐμίν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Tarentum dialect ἐμίνη [Refs 3rd c.BC+], enclitic μ; [Refs 5th c.AD+] III) dual, nominative and accusative, νῶι, we two, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; accusative νῶιν Zenod.ad [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Attic dialect νώ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; νῶι dative, [Refs 5th c.AD+]; νῶιν, ={ἡμῖν}, [Refs 4th c.AD+] IV) plural, nominative ἡμεῖς (ἡμέες falsa lectio in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Aeolic dialect ἄμμες [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Doric dialect ἁμές [Refs 7th c.BC+]; Ionic dialect ἡμέων [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Aeolic dialect ἀμμέων [Refs 7th c.BC+]; ἄμμων [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; Doric dialect ἁμέων [Refs 7th c.BC+]; ἁμῶν [[Refs 5th c.BC+]; Cretan dialect, Boeotian dialect ἁμίων [Refs 5th c.BC+] (ῐ) (or ἧμιν Aristarch.ad [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also rarely in Comedy texts, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Aeolic dialect ἄμμῐν, ἄμμῐ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Doric dialect also ἁμίν or ἇμιν, [Refs 7th c.BC+]; with ῑ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Ionic dialect ἡμέας [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἥμεας [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Aeolic dialect ἄμμε [Refs 8th c.BC+], Theocr.8.25; Doric dialect ἁμέ [Refs 6th c.BC+]—On these dialectic varieties, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] ff. (Cf. Sanskrit ahám (ἐγών), accusative plural asmā´n; for νώ cf. Sanskrit nau):—frequently in answers, as an affirmative, especially in form ἔγωγε, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οὗτος ἐ. here am [Refs 5th c.BC+]; rarely with Article, τὸν ἐμέ myself, [Refs 5th c.BC+] the Self, the Ego, [Refs 5th c.AD+]; τίς ὢν οὗτος ὁ ἐγὼ τυγχάν; [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τί τοῦτ᾽ ἐμο; ἡμῖν τί τοῦτ᾽ ἔστ; Latin quid mea hoc refert? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐγ; in a question, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡμεῖς the self, ἔνθα δὴ ἡμεῖς μάλιστα [Refs 3rd c.AD+]

Strongs

Word:

ἐγώ

Transliteration:

egṓ

Pronounciation:

eg-o'

Language:

Greek

Definition:

I, me; a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic)

I am going

Strongs:

g5217

Greek:

ὑπάγω

Transliteration:

hupagō

Usage:

81 times in 7 books, 50 chapters, and 77 verses

Context:

Next word

Toggle Lexicon

Gloss:

to go

Morphhology:

Verb Present Active Indicative 1st Singular

Grammar:

an ACTION that happens - by a person or thing that is speaking or writing

Source:

[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources

Editions:

NA28, NA27, Tyn, SBL, WH, Treg, TR, Byz

Tyndale

Word:

ὑπάγω

Transliteration:

hupagō

Gloss:

to go

Morphhology:

Greek Verb

Definition:

ὑπ-άγω [in LXX: Exo.14:21 (הָלַךְ hi.), elsewhere only as seel, Tob.8:21, al;] a word of the vulgar language, in Pres. and imperfect only (Bl, § 53, 1). I. Trans. 1) to lead or bring under, subdue (Hom, Hdt, al; Ex, l.with). 2) to lead on slowly (Hdt, Xen, al.). II. Intrans, to go slowly away, withdraw oneself, depart (so less frequently in cl; Thuc, Eur, al.): absol, Mat.8:32 13:44, Mrk.6:33, Luk.8:42 17:14, Jhn.6:67 8:2 11:44 14:5, 28 18:8; οἱ ἐρχόμενοι κ. οἱ ὑπάγοντες, Mrk.6:31; ὑπῆγον κ. ἐπίστευον, Jhn.12:11; ἵνα ὑπαγῆτε κ. καρπὸν ψέρητε, Jhn.15:16; opposite to ἔρχεσθαι, Jhn.3:8 8:14; imperat, ὕπαγε, Mat.4:10 8:13 20:14, Mrk.2:9 T, Mrk.7:29 10:52; εἰς εἰρήνην (ἐν εἰ.), Mrk.5:34, Jas.2:16; id. prefixed to another imperat. (Bl, § 79, 4), Mat.5:34 8:4 18:15 19:21 21:28 27:65 28:10, Mrk.1:44 10:21 16:7, Jhn.4:16 9:7, Rev.10:8; with καί inserted, Rev.16:1; euphemistically, of death, Mat.26:24, Mrk.14:21; with adv: ποῦ (which see), Jhn.12:35 14:5 16:5, 1Jn.2:11; ὅπου (which see), Jhn.8:21-22 13:33, 36 14:4 Rev.14:4; ἐκεῖ, Jhn.11:8; with prep: πρός, Jhn.7:33 13:3 16:5, 10 16:17; εἰς, Mat.9:6 20:4, 7, Mrk.2:11 11:2 14:13, Luk.19:30, Jhn.6:21 7:3 9:11 11:31, Rev.13:10 17:8, 11; εἰς. πρός, Mat.26:18, Mrk.5:19; ἐπί, Luk.12:58; μετά, Mat.5:41; ὀπίσω, Mat.16:23, Mrk.8:33; with inf, Jhn.21:3. (AS)

Liddell-Scott-Jones

Word:

ὑπάγω

Transliteration:

hupagō

Gloss:

to go

Morphhology:

Greek Verb

Definition:

ὑπάγω [ᾰ]: transitive, lead or bring under, ὕπαγε ζυγὸν ὠκέας ἵππους brought them under the yoke, yoked them, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἴπποις (accusative) δ᾽ ἄνδρες ὔπαγον ὐπ᾽ ἄρματα [Refs 7th c.BC+]; also simply, ἡμιόνους ὕπαγον [Refs 8th c.BC+] 2) bring under one's power, [οἱ θεοί] σε ὑπήγαγον ἐς χεῖρας τὰς ἐμάς [Refs 5th c.BC+]:— middle, bring under one's own power, reduce, πόλιν [Refs 5th c.BC+] 3) subsume, ὑφ᾽ ἓν μέρος λόγου τὰ ἄρθρα καὶ τὰς ἀντωνυμίας [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; πάντα τῷ τῆς μανίας ὀνόματι [Refs 2nd c.AD+] 4) bring forward in reply, in passive, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] 5) subject, τὴν ἀρχομένην [διάθεσιν] τοῖς βοηθήμασιν [Refs 2nd c.AD+]:—passive, τῶν -ομένων τῇ διαίτῃ παθῶν [Refs] II) bring a person before the judgement-seat (the ὑπό refers to his being set under or below the judge), ὑ. τινὰ ὑπὸ δικαστήριον bring one before a court, i.e. accuse, impeach him, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὑ. τινὰ ὑπὸ τοὺς ἐφόρους[Refs 5th c.BC+]; θανάτου ὑπὸ τὸν δῆμον Μιλτιάδεα impeached him before the commons on a capital charge, [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—middle, τάνδ᾽ ὑπάγεται Δίκα [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—passive, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ πένης ὑπάγεται τῷ νόμῳ [Refs 4th c.AD+] III) lead on by degrees, τὰς κύνας [Refs 5th c.BC+]; draw or lead on by art or deceit, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὑ. τοὺς πολεμίους εἰς δυσχωρίαν draw them on by pretended flight, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὑ. τοὺς πολεμίους ὑποφεύγοντες[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ πέρδιξ. ἀπὸ τῶν ῳῶν ὑπάγει (i.e. ἄνθρωπον) [Refs 4th c.BC+]infinitive, σ᾽ ὑπήγαγον εἰς χεῖρας ἐλθεῖν so as to come, [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—middle, lead on for one's own advantage, but frequently much like the active, lead on, ἐλπίσιν ὑπαγαγέσθαι τινά [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὑ. Θετταλοὺς εἰς δουλείαν reduce them, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὑ. τινὰς ἐς μάχην, ἐς φιλίαν, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; give one a lead in speech, [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—passive, κατὰ μικρὸν ὑπαχθείς [Refs 5th c.BC+] (; ὑπὸ τῆς ἀπάτης καὶ τῶν ἀλαζονευμάτων [Refs 4th c.BC+] IV) take away from beneath, withdraw, τινὰ ἐκ βελέων [Refs 8th c.BC+]:—passive, ὑπαγομένου κάτωθεν τοῦ χώματος [Refs 5th c.BC+] IV.2) draw off, τὸ στράτευμα [LXX] IV.3) carry off below, ὑ. τὴν κοιλίην purge the bowels, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; see below [Refs 5th c.BC+] IV.4) bring down a bandage, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]: with dative, bring under, τῷ κοίλῳ τοῦ ποδός [Refs] B) intransitive, go away, withdraw, retire, ὑπάγω φρένα τέρψας [Refs 6th c.BC+]; of an army, draw off or retire slowly, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of the lion, ὑπάγει βάδην [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἂν φυτεύῃ καὶ ὑπάγῃ if he. goes away, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὑπάγει αὔριον he is going (= leaving, setting out) to-morrow, [Refs 1st c.AD+]; ὑπάγοντι εἰς Ἑρμοῦ πόλιν [Refs 1st c.AD+] B.II) go forwards, draw on, ὕπαγ᾽ ὦ, ὕπαγ᾽ ὦ on with you! [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also of an army, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II.2) later, in present, simply go, opposed to ἔρχομαι 'come', ὕπαγε Σατανᾶ [NT]; ὕπαγε, δεῖξον. [NT]; ἦσαν οἱ ἐρχόμενοι καὶ οἱ ὑπάγοντες πολλοί[NT+3rd c.AD+]; καθ᾽ ἡμέρα[ν] ὑπάγω παρὰ Σεραπιάδα [Refs 2nd c.AD+]: the aorist is ἀπῆλθον, ὕπαγε. καὶ ἀπῆλθε [NT] automata which go (from place to place), opposed to στατά (those which perform actions while standing still), [LXX+2nd c.BC+] (and only in codex א), [LXX] B.III) in Medicine texts, of the bowels, to be open, κοιλίη ὑπάγουσα [Refs 5th c.BC+]; see above [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.IV) sink down, squat, [Refs 4th c.BC+]

Strongs

Word:

ὑπάγω

Transliteration:

hypágō

Pronounciation:

hoop-ag'-o

Language:

Greek

Morphhology:

Verb

Definition:

to lead (oneself) under, i.e. withdraw or retire (as if sinking out of sight), literally or figuratively; depart, get hence, go (a-)way; from g5259 (ὑπό) and g71 (ἄγω)

to

Strongs:

g4314

Lexicon:

πρός

Greek:

πρὸς

Transliteration:

pros

Usage:

735 times in 26 books, 196 chapters, and 679 verses

Context:

Next word

Toggle Lexicon

Gloss:

to/with

Morphhology:

Preposition

Grammar:

relating it to another person or thing

Source:

[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources

Editions:

NA28, NA27, Tyn, SBL, WH, Treg, TR, Byz

Tyndale

Word:

πρός

Transliteration:

pros

Gloss:

to/with

Morphhology:

Greek Preposition

Definition:

πρός, prep. with genitive, dative, accusative I. I. C. genitive, of motion from a place, from the side of, hence metaphorically, in the interests of, Act.27:34 (cf. Page, in l.). II. II. C. dative, of local proximity, hard by, near, at: Mrk.5:11, Luk.19:37, Jhn.18:16 20:11, 12 Rev.1:13. III. C. accusative, of motion or direction towards a place or object, to, towards. 1) Of place, (a) after verbs of motion or of speaking and other words with the idea of direction: ἔρχομαι, ἀναβαίνω, πορεύομαι, λέγω, ἐπιστολή, etc, Mat.3:14, Mrk.6:51, Luk.11:5, Jhn.2:3, Act.9:2, al. mult; metaphorically, of mental direction, hostile or otherwise, Luk.23:12, Jhn.6:52, 2Co.7:4, Eph.6:12, Col.3:13, al; of the issue or end, Luk.14:32, Jhn.11:4, al; of purpose, Mat.26:12, Rom.3:26, 1Co.6:5, al; πρὸς τό, with inf, denoting purpose (cf. M, Pr., 218, 220; Lft, Notes, 131), Mat.5:28, Mrk.13:22, Eph.6:11, 1Th.2:9, al; (b) of close proximity, at, by, with: Mat.3:10, Mrk.11:4, Luk.4:11, Act.3:2, al; after εἶναι, Mat.13:56, Mrk.6:3, Jhn.1:1, al. 2) 2. Of time, (a) towards (Plat, Xen, LXX: Gen.8:11, al.): Luk.24:29; (b) for: πρὸς καιρόν, Luk.8:13, 1Co.7:5; πρὸς ὥραν, Jhn.5:35, al; πρὸς ὀλίγον, Jas.4:14. 3) Of relation (a) toward, with: Rom.5:1, 2Co.1:12, Col.4:5, 1Th.4:12, al; (b) with regard to: Mat.19:8, Mrk.12:12, Rom.8:31, al; (with) pertaining to, to: Mat.27:4, Jhn.21:22, Rom.15:17, Heb.2:17 5:1; (d) according to: Luk.12:47, 2Co.5:10, Gal.2:14, Eph.3:4 4:14; (e) in comparison with: Rom.8:18. IV. In composition: towards (προσέρχομαι), to (προσάγω), against (προσκόπτω), besides (προσδαπανάω). (AS)

Liddell-Scott-Jones

Word:

πρός

Transliteration:

pros

Gloss:

to/with

Morphhology:

Greek Preposition

Definition:

πρός, preposition, expressing direction, A) on the side of, in the direction of, hence with genitive, dative, and accusative, from, at, to: Epic dialect also προτί and ποτί, in [Refs 8th c.BC+] usually with accusative, more rarely with dative, and each only once with genitive, [Refs 8th c.BC+]:—dialectal forms: Doric dialectποτί (which see) and ποί, but Cretan dialect πορτί [Refs], Argive προτ(ί) [Refs 7th c.BC+] πός [Refs 4th c.BC+], also sometimes in Asia Minor in compounds, see at {ποσάγω},{ποσφέρω}; Aeolic dialect πρός [Refs 7th c.BC+]; πρές [Refs 6th c.AD+]; Pamphylian περτ (ί) [Refs] (With προτί, πρός cf. Sanskrit práti 'towards, near to, against, back, etc.', Slavonic protiv[ucaron], Lett. pret 'against', Latin pretium: ποτί (which see) and πός are not cognate) [Refs 4th c.BC+] refers to that from which something comes: A.I) of Place, from, ἵκετο ἠὲ π. ἠοίων ἦ ἑσπερίων ἀνθρώπων [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.I.2) on the side of, towards, νήσοισι πρὸς Ἤλιδος towards Elis, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; π. ἁλός, π. Θύμβρης, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; φυλακαὶ π. Αἰθιόπων, π. Ἀραβίων, π. Διβύης, on the frontier towards the Ethiopians, etc, [Refs 5th c.BC+] one on the north side, the other on the south side, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; π. τοῦ Τμώλου τετραμμένον τῆς πόλιος (in such phrases the accusative is more common) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀπὸ τῆσδε τῆς ὁδοῦ τὸ π. τοῦ λιμένος ἅπαν everything on the harbour-ward side of this road, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.I.3) before, in presence of, μάρτυροι ἔστων π. τε θεῶν μακάρων π. τε θνητῶν ἀνθρώπων [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ποίτοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος. ὑπίσχομαι probably in [Refs 4th c.BC+] A.I.3.b) in the eyes of, ἄδικον οὐδὲν οὔτε π. θεῶν οὔτε π. ἀνθρώπων [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὅσιος π. θεῶν Legal cited in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κατειπάτω. ἁγνῶς π. τοῦ θεοῦ if he wishes to be pure in the sight of the god, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ γὰρ καιρὸς π. ἀνθρώπων βραχὺ μέτρον ἔχει [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.I.4) in supplication or adjuration, before, and so, in the name of, σε. γουνάζομαι. π. τ᾽ ἀλόχου καὶ πατρός [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἱκετεύω, ἀντιβολῶ π. παίδων, π. γυναικῶν, etc, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: less frequently with other words, π. τῆς ἑστίας [Refs 5th c.BC+]: sometimes in questions, π. θεῶν, τίς οὕτως εὐήθης ἐστί; in heaven's name, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: sometimes in Trag. with the pronoun σε between preposition and case, π. νύν σε πατρὸς π. τε μητρός. ἱκνοῦμαι [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.I.5) of origin or descent, from, on the side of, γένος ἐξ Ἁλικαρνησσοῦ τὰ π. πατρός by the father's side, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πρόγονοι ἢ π. ἀνδρῶν ἢ γυναικῶν in the male or female line, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οἱ π. αἵματος blood-relations, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II) of effects proceeding from what cause soever: A.II.1) from, at the hand of, with Verbs of having, receiving, etc, ὡς ἂν. τιμὴν καὶ κῦδος ἄρηαι π. πάντων Δαναῶν [Refs 8th c.BC+] to have been taught by, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; αἴσχε᾽ ἀκούω π. Τρώων[Refs 5th c.BC+]; also λόγου οὐδενὸς γίνεσθαι π. τινῶν [Refs]; παθεῖν τι π. τινός at the hand of,[Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. τῆς τύχης ὄλωλεν[Refs 5th c.BC+]: with an adjective or substantive, τιμήεσσα π. πόσιος [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἄρκεσις π. ἀνδρός, δόξα π. ἀνθρώπων, [Refs 5th c.BC+] adverb, οἶμαι γὰρ ἂν οὐκ ἀχαρίστως μοι ἔχειν οὔτε π. ὑμῶν οὔτε π. τῆς Ἑλλάδος I shall meet with no ingratitude at your hands, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.2) of things, π. τίνος ποτ᾽ αἰτίας [τέθνηκεν]; from of by what cause? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. ἀμπλακημάτων by or by reason of, [Refs] A.III) of dependence or close connexion: hence, A.III.1) dependent on one, under one's protection, π. Διός εἰσι ξεῖνοί τε πτωχοί τε [Refs 8th c.BC+]; δικασπόλοι, οἵ τε θέμιστας π. Διὸς εἰρύαται by commission from him, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; π. ἄλλης ἱστὸν ὑφαίνοις at the bidding of another, [Refs] A.III.2) on one's side, in one's favour, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.IV) of that which is derivable from: hence, agreeable to, becoming, like, τὰ τοιαῦτα ἔργα οὐ π. τοῦ ἅπαντος ἀνδρὸς νενόμικα γίνεσθαι, ἀλλὰπ. ψυχῆς τε ἀγαθῆς καὶ ῥώμης ἀνδρηΐης [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἦ κάρτα π. γυναικὸς αἴρεσθαι κέαρ 'tis very like a woman, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. δίκης οὐδὲν τρέμων agreeably to justice, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐάν τι ἡμῖν π. λόγου ᾖ if it be at all to our purpose, [Refs 5th c.BC+]correctly, [Refs]; but π. τρόπου τι ὠνεῖσθαι buy at a reasonable price, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; π. ἀγαθοῦ, π. κακοῦ τινί ἐστι or γίγνεται, it is to one's advantage or otherwise, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; π. ἀτιμίας λαβεῖν τι to take a thing as an insult, regard it so, [Refs 1st c.AD+]; λαβεῖν τι π. ὀργῆς (variant{ὀργήν}) [Refs 1st c.AD+]; τῷ δήμῳ π. αἰσχύνης ἂν ἦν, π. ὀνείδους ἂν ἦν τῇ πόλει, [Refs 4th c.AD+] B) WITH DAT, it expresses proximity, hard by, near, at, ποτὶ γαίῃ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ποτὶ δρυσίν among the oaks, [Refs]; πρὸς ἄκμονι χαλκεύειν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἄγκυραν ποτὶ ναΐ κρημνάντων[Refs 5th c.BC+]; θακεῖν π. ναοῖς[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐς μάχην καθίστασθαι π. (variant ὑπ᾽) αὐτῇ τῇ πόλει [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ π. Αἰγίνῃ στράτευμα off Aegina, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Αίβυες οἱ π. Αἰγύπτῳ bordering on, [Refs]; τὸ π. ποσί that which is close to the feet, before one, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; θρηνεῖν ἐπῳδὰς π. πήματι over it, [Refs]; αἱ π. τῇ βάσει γωνίαι the angles at the base, [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.2) before, in the presence of, π. τοῖς θεσμοθέταις, π. τῷ διαιτητῇ λέγειν, [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.3) with Verbs denoting motion towards a place, upon, against, ποτὶ δὲ σκῆπτρον βάλε γαίῃ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; λιαζόμενον ποτὶ γαίῃ sinking on the ground, [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.4) sometimes with a notion of clinging closely, προτὶ οἷ λάβε clasped to him, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; π. δμῳαῖσι κλίνομαι fall into the arms of, [Refs 5th c.BC+]close to, [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.II) to express close engagement, at the point of, π. αὐτῷ γ᾽ εἰμὶ τῷ δεινῷ λέγειν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; engaged in or about, π. τῷ εἰρημένῳ λόγῳ ἦν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; διατρίβειν or σχολάζειν π. τινί, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὴν διάνοιαν, τὴν γνώμην ἔχειν π. τινί, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κατατάξαι αὐτὸν π. γράμμασιν, i.e. give him a post as clerk, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; ὁ π. τοῖς γράμμασι τεταγμένος [Refs 2nd c.BC+] B.III) to express union or addition, once in [Refs 8th c.BC+] and besides them sleep, [Refs 8th c.BC+]in addition to, [Refs 6th c.BC+]; π. ταῖς ἡμετέραις [τριήρεσι] [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κυβερνήτης π. τῇ σκυτοτομίᾳ in addition to his trade of leather-cutter, [Refs 5th c.BC+] besides his youth, [Refs]; π. τούτοισι besides this, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; rarely in singular, π. τούτῳ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. τοῖς ἄλλοις besides all the rest, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C) WITH ACCU[Refs 5th c.BC+] C.I) of Place, towards, to, with Verbs of Motion, ἰέναι π. Ὄλυμπον [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἰέναι π. δώματα, etc, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ῥίπτασκε ποτὶ νέφεα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἀπῆλθε πρὸς ἑαυτόν returned to his home, [LXX]; κληθῆναι π. τὸ δεῖπνον (rarer than ἐπὶ δεῖπνον) [Refs 1st c.AD+] C.I.2) with Verbs implying previous motion, upon, against, π. τεῖχος, π. κίονα ἐρείσας, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; χῶρον π. αὐτὸν τόνδ᾽ uncertain in [LXX+NT]; π. ὑμᾶς παραμενῶ with you, [NT]beside, [Refs] C.I.2.b) of addition, ποὶ τὰν στάλαν ποιγραψάνσθω τάδε [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἵππον προσετίθει πρὸς τοὔνομα [Refs 5th c.BC+]; προσεδαπάνησε π. τὸ μερισθὲν αὐτῷ εἰς τὸ ἔλαιον ἐκ τῶν ἰδίων over and above the sum allotted to him, [Refs]; προσετέθη π. τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ was gathered to his people, [LXX] C.I.3) with Verbs of seeing, looking, etc, towards, ἰδεῖν π. τινά [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὁρᾶν, ἀποβλέπειν π. τι or τινά, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; στάντε ποτὶ πνοιήν so as to face it, [Refs 8th c.BC+] against the wind, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; κλαίεσκε π. οὐρανόν cried to heaven, [Refs 8th c.BC+] lie towards the West, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; so in Prose, π. ἠῶ τε καὶ ἡλίου ἀνατολάς [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. ἥλιον facing the sun, and so, in the sunlight, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; so π. λύχνον by lamplight, [Refs 6th c.BC+]; π. φῶς in open day, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but, by torch-light, [Refs 1st c.AD+] C.I.4) in hostile sense, against, π. Τρῶας μάχεαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; π. δαίμονα against his will,[Refs 5th c.BC+]: also in argument, in reply to, ταῦτα π. τὸν Πιττακὸν εἴρηται [Refs 5th c.BC+]; and so in the titles of judicial speeches, πρός τινα in reply to, less strong than κατά τινος against or in accusation, [Refs 4th c.BC+] C.I.5) without any hostile sense, π. ἀλλήλους ἔπεα πτερόεντ᾽ ἀγόρευον [Refs 8th c.BC+]; π.ξεῖνον φάσθαι ἔπος ἠδ᾽ ἐπακοῦσαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; λέγειν, εἰπεῖν, φράζειν π. τινά, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὤμοσε δὲ π. ἔμ᾽ αὐτόν he swore to me, [Refs 8th c.BC+] sometimes governs the reflexive pronoun, διαλογίζεσθαι π. ὑμᾶς αὐτούς [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἀναμνήσθητε, ἐνθυμήθητε π. ὑμᾶς αὐτούς, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μινύρεσθαι, ἄδειν π. ἑαυτόν, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.I.5.b) π. σφέας ἔχειν δοκέουσι, i.e. they think they are pregnant, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.I.6) of various kinds of intercourse or reciprocal action, π. Διομήδεα τεύχε᾽ ἄμειβεν changed arms with Diomedes, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; σπονδάς, συνθήκας ποιεῖσθαι π. τινά, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; διαλέγεσθαι π. τινά converse with, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; διαλογίζεσθαι π. τινά balance accounts with, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἃ ἔχει διελόμενος π. τὸν ἀδελφόν [Refs 4th c.BC+] C.I.6.b) in phrases of the form ἡ π. τινὰ εὔνοια (ἔχθρα, etc.), π. sometimes means towards, as ἡ π. αὑτοὺς φιλία the affection of their wives towards or for them, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; φυσικαὶ τοκέων στοργαὶ π. τέκνα ποθεινά [Refs]: but sometimes at the hands of, ἡ π. τὸ θεῖον εὐμένεια the favour of the gods, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; φθόνος τοῖς ζῶσι π. τὸ ἀντίπαλον jealousy is incurred by the living at the hands of their rivals, [Refs]; τὴν ἀπέχθειαν τὴν π. Θηβαίους. τῇ πόλει γενέσθαι the hostility incurred by Athens at the hands of the Thebans, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τῇ φιλίᾳ τῇ π. τὸν τετελευτηκότα the friendship with (not 'affection for') the deceased, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τῷ φόβῳ τῷ π. ὑμᾶς the fear inspired by you, [Refs]; τῇ π. Ῥωμαίους εὐνοία his popularity with the Romans, [Refs 2nd c.BC+] C.I.7) of legal or other business transacted before a magistrate, witness, etc, τάδε ὁ σύλλογος ἐβουλεύσατο. π. μνήμονας [Refs 5th c.BC+] before a jury, ἔστι δὲ τούτοις μὲν π. ὑμᾶς ἁγών, ὑμῖν δὲ π. ἅπασαν τὴν πόλιν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; before a witness to whom an appeal for corroboration is made, [Refs]; φέρρεν αὐτὸν πὸ (τ) τὸν Δία in the eyes of Zeus, [Refs]; λαχεῖν πρὸς τὸν ἄρχοντα, γράφεσθαι π. τοὺς θεσμοθέτας, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; θέντων τὰ. ποτήρια. π. Πολύχαρμον having pawned the cups with P, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; also διαβάλλειν τινὰ π. τοὺς πολλούς [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.II) of Time, towards or near a certain time, at or about, ποτὶ ἕσπερα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ποτ᾽ ὄρθρον (nisi to be read πότορθρον) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π.ἀῶ ἐγρέσθαι, π. ἡμέραν ἐξεγρέσθαι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. γῆρας, π. τὸ γῆρας, in old age, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. εὐάνθεμον φυάν in the bloom of life, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μέχρις ὅτου π. γυναῖκας ὦσι, i.e.of marriageable age, [Refs] for the moment, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; see below 111.5. C.III) of Relation between two objects, C.III.1) in reference to, in respect of, touching, τὰ π. τὸν πόλεμον military matters, equipments, etc, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ π. τὸν βασιλέα our relations to the King, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τὰ π. βασιλέα πράγματα the negotiations with the King, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ π. τοὺς θεούς our relations, i.e. duties, to the gods, [Refs 5th c.BC+]in respect of, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἕτερος λόγος, οὐ π. ἐμέ that is another matter, and does not concern me, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τῶν φορέτρων ὄντων π. ἐμέ freightage shall be my concern, i.e. borne by me, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; π. τοῦτον ἦν ἡ τῶν διαφόρων πρᾶξις [LXX]; ἐὰν. βοᾷ καὶ σχετλιάζῃ μηδὲν π. τὸ πρᾶγμα, nihil ad rem, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; οὐδὲν π. τὸν Διόνυσον Prov. cited in [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; οὐδὲν αὐτῷ π. τὴν πόλιν ἐστίν he owes no reckoning to the State, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἔσται αὐτῷ π. τὸν Θεόν (i.e. ὁ λόγος) he shall have to reckon with God, [Refs]; ἔσται π. τὴν Τριάδαν [Refs]; π. πολλοὺς ἔχων ἀγωνιστάς [Refs] see at {ὅσα μῦς ἐν πίσσῃ},[NT+5th c.BC+]; [τὸ or τὰ] πρός τι, the relative term or terms, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τὸ π. τι, [Refs 4th c.BC+] name for two, [Refs]; π. ἡμᾶς relatively to us, opposed to ἁπλῶς, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὀρθὸς πρός or ποτί with accusative, perpendicular to, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] C.III.2) in reference to, in consequence of, πρὸς τοῦτο τὸ κήρυγμα [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. τὴν φήμην in view of, [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc: with neuter pronoun, π. τ; wherefore? to what end? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. οὐδέν for nothing, in vain, [Refs]; π. οὐδὲν ἀναγκαῖον unnecessarily, [Refs 8th c.BC+]therefore, this being so, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.III.3) in reference to or for a purpose, ἕστηκεν. μῆλα π. σφαγάς [Refs 4th c.BC+]; χρήσιμος, ἱκανὸς π. τι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ποιεῖ π. ἐπιλημπτικούς is efficacious for cases of epilepsy, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.III.3.b) with a view to or for a future time, ὅπως. γράμματα δῷ π. ἢν ἂν ἡμέραν ἑκάτεροι παραγίνωνται [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; θαυμάζεται τὰ Περικλέους ἔργα π. πολὺν χρόνον ἐν ὀλίγῳ γενόμενα [Refs 1st c.AD+] C.III.3.c) ={πρός} [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.III.4) in proportion or relation to, in comparison with, κοῖός τις δοκέοι ἀνὴρ εἶναι π. τὸν πατέρα Κῦρον [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. τὰς μεγίστας καὶ ἐλαχίστας ναῦς τὸ μέσον σκοπεῖν the mean between, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πρὸς παρεὸν. μῆτις ἀέξεται ἀνθρώποισι in proportion to the existing (physical development), [Refs 5th c.BC+] sells twice against or relatively to silver, i.e. for twice its weight in silver, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; [ἡ μαργαρῖτις λίθος] πωλεῖται. π. χρυσίον for its weight in gold, Androsthenes cited in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὅπως π. τὰς τιμὰς τῶν κριθῶν τὰ ἄλφιτα πωλήσουσι on the basis of the price of barley, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἐξέστω αὐτοῦ ἀπογραφὴ τῆς οὐσίας π. τοῦτο τὸ ἀργύριον Ἀθηναίων τῷ βουλομένῳ property equal in value to this silver, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; τῶν ἐγγύων τῶν ἐγγυωμένων π. [αὐτὰ] τὰ κτήματα [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; θέντων τὰ ποτήρια π. χρυσοῦς ἑκατόν [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; τοὺς ἀπαγομένους εἰς φυλακὴν π. τὰ χρέα imprisoned for debt, [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; τοὺς π. καταδίκας ἐκπεπτωκότας [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; ἐγδίδομεν τὸ ἔργον. π. χαλκόν [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; οἷον π. ἀργύριον τὴν δόξαν τὰς ψυχὰς ἀποδιδόμενοι [Refs 4th c.AD+]; π. ἅλας ἠγορασμένος, i.e. 'dirt cheap', [Refs 4th c.BC+] i.e. dine frugally, take pot-luck, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of measurements of time by the flow from the clepsydra, π. ἕνδεκα ἀμφορέας ἐν διαμεμετρημένῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ κρίνομαι [Refs 4th c.BC+]; π. κλεψύδραν Eub.p.182 K, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; hence later, π. ὀλίγον for a short time, ἐπανεῖναι π. ὀλίγον τὴν πολιορκίαν [Refs 1st c.AD+]; π.ὀλίγον καιρόν, χρόνον, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]Prooem; π. ὀλίγον ἐστὶ τὸ ζῆν poetical in [Refs]; π. βραχύ [Refs 4th c.AD+] (by) a little past their best, [Refs 1st c.AD+]; π.μόνην τὴν ἐνεστῶσαν ἡμέραν [Refs 2nd c.AD+] C.III.5) in or by reference to, according to, in view of, π. τὸ παρεὸν βουλεύεσθαι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοῖς π. ὑμᾶς ζῶσι those who live with your interests in view, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τὸ παιδεύεσθαι π. τὰς πολιτείας suitably to them, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁρῶ. ἅπαντας π. τὴν παροῦσαν δύναμιν τῶν δικαίων ἀξιουμένους according to their power, [Refs 4th c.BC+]according to, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πὸς τὰς συνθέσις in accordance with the agreements, [Refs 4th c.AD+]; τὸν δικαστὰν ὀμνύντα κρῖναι πορτὶ τὰ μωλιόμενα having regard to the pleadings, [Refs], compare 9.30; αἱ ἀρχαὶ. πρὸς τὰ κατεσκευασμένα σύμβολα σηκώματα ποιησάμεναι after making weights and measures in accordance with, or by reference to, the established standards, [Refs]; π. τὰ στάθμια τὰ ἐν τῷ ἀργυροκοπίῳ as measured by the weights in the mint, [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; [Εόλων] ἐποίησε σταθμὰ π. τὸ νόμισμα made (trade-) weights on the basis of (i.e. proportional to) the coinage, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; π. τὸ δικαιότατον in accordance with the most just principle, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] C.III.6) with the accompaniment of musical instruments, π. κάλαμον [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. αὐλόν or τὸν αὐλόν, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. ῥυθμὸν ἐμβαίνειν to step in time, [Refs 1st c.BC+] C.III.7) πρός c.accusative frequently periphrastic for adverb, π. βίαν, = βιαίως, under compulsion, νῦν χρὴ. τινα π. βίαν πώνην [Refs 7th c.BC+]; ἥκω. π. βίαν under compulsion, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; by force, forcibly, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; οὐ π. βίαν τινός not forced by any one, [Refs] (but also, in spite of any one, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. ἀλκήν, π. ἀνάγκαν, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. ἡδονὴν λέγειν, δημηγορεῖν, so as to please, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; λούσασθαι τὸ σῶμα π. ἡδ. as much or little as one like s, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. τὸ τερπνόν calculated to delight, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. χάριν so as to gratify, μήτε π. ἔχθραν ποιεῖσθαι λόγον μήτε π. χ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] with genitive _of things_, π. χάριν τινός for the sake of, π. χ. βορᾶς [Refs 5th c.BC+]by means of, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. ὀργήν with anger, angrily, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. τὸ λιπαρές importunately, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. καιρόν seasonably, [Refs]; π. εὐτέλειαν cheaply, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; π. μέρος in due proportion, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τέτραπτο π. ἰθύ οἱ straight towards him, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; π. ὀρθὰς (i.e. γωνίας (. τῇ AEB at right angles to, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; π. ἀχθηδόνα, π. ἀπέχθειαν, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; γυνὴ π. ἀλήθειαν οὖσα in truth a woman, a very woman, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] in the highest degree, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.III.8) of Numbers. up to, about, [Refs 2nd c.BC+] D) AB[Refs 5th c.BC+] AS adverb, besides, over and above; in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; frequently at the end of a second clause, τάδε λέγω, δράσω τε π. [Refs 5th c.BC+] E) IN COMPOSITION (joined with other words), E.I) motion towards, as προσάγω, προσέρχομαι, etc. E.II) addition, besides, as προσκτάομαι, προσδίδωμι, προστίθημι, etc. E.III) a being on, at, by, or beside: hence, a remaining beside, and metaphorically connexion and engagement with anything, as πρόσειμι, προσγίγνομαι, etc. F) REMARKS, F.1) in poetry πρός sometimes stands after its case and before an attribute, ποίμνας βουστάσεις τε π. πατρός [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἄστυ πότι (or ποτὶ) σφέτερον [Refs 8th c.BC+] F.2) in [Refs 8th c.BC+] F.3) sometimes (in violation of the rule given by [Refs 2nd c.AD+] followed by an enclitic pronoun, πρός με [Refs 5th c.BC+]

Strongs

Word:

πρός

Transliteration:

prós

Pronounciation:

pros

Language:

Greek

Morphhology:

Preposition

Definition:

a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated); about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in); a strengthened form of g4253 (πρό)

the

Strongs:

g3588

Lexicon:

ὁ

Greek:

τὸν

Transliteration:

ton

Usage:

20754 times in 27 books, 260 chapters, and 7041 verses

Context:

Next word

Toggle Lexicon

Gloss:

the/this/who

Morphhology:

Definite article Accusative Singular Masculine

Grammar:

a SPECIFIC male person or thing that is having something done to them

Source:

[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources

Editions:

NA28, NA27, Tyn, SBL, WH, Treg, TR, Byz

Tyndale

Word:

ὁ

Transliteration:

ho

Gloss:

the/this/who

Morphhology:

Greek Article

Definition:

ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article (ἄρθρον προτακτικόν), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. I. As demonstr. pron. 1) As frequently in Hom, absol, he (she, it), his (etc.): Act.17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). 2) Distributive, ὁ μὲν. ὁ δέ, the one. the other: 1Co.7:7, Gal.4:22; pl, Act.14:4, 17:32, Php.1:16, al; οἱ μὲν. ἄλλοι δέ, Mat.16:14, Jhn.7:12; οἱ μεν̀. ὁδέ, Heb.7:21, 23. 3) In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mat.2:14, Mrk.1:45, Luk.8:21, Jhn.9:38, al. mult. II. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, 1) to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc, to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mat.8:20, al; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Luk.10:7; with nom. = voc. in addresses, Mat.11:26, Jhn.19:3, Jas.5:1, al; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mrk.3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. 2) To modified nouns: with of person(s) pron. genitive, μοῦ, σοῦ, etc; with poss. pron, ἐμός, σός, etc; with adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mat.12:35; the noun foll, by adj, both with art, ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jhn.10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jhn.12:9, see M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ᾽ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Rom.9:11. 3) To Other parts of speech used as substantives; (a) neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc; (b) cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc; (with) participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mat.14:2), Mrk.6:14; πᾶς ὁ, with ptcp, every one who, etc; (d) adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; (e) infinitives: nom, τὸ θέλειν, Rom.7:18, al; genitive, τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, 1Co.16:4; verbs, ἐλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Luk.1:9; and frequently in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mat.13:3 (on the artic. inf, see Bl, §71). 4) In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mrk.9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, Heb.12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph.4:9, al. 5) To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, Heb.13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Rom.4:14; neut. accusative absol, in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ᾽ ἡμέραν, daily, Luk.11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Rom.9:5. 6) To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mat.10:2, al; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mat.16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Rom.14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81ff; Bl, §§46, 47). (AS)

Liddell-Scott-Jones

Word:

ὁ

Transliteration:

ho

Gloss:

the/this/who

Morphhology:

Greek Article

Definition:

ὁ, ἡ, τό, is, when thus written, A) demonstrative Pronoun. B ) in Attic dialect, definite or prepositive Article. C ) in Epic dialect, the so-called postpositive Article, = relative Pronoun, ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.—The nominative masculine and feminine singular and plural, ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ, have no accent in codices and most printed books, except when used as the relative; but ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ differ only in writing from ὃ, ἣ, οἳ, α; the nominative forms of the article are said by Hdn.Gr.1.474 to be oxytone, and by [Refs 2nd c.AD+] in Aeolic dialect accusative to [Refs 8th c.BC+] genitive and dative dual τοῖιν [Refs 8th c.BC+]— In Doric dialect and all other dialects except Attic dialect and Ionic dialect the feminine forms preserve the old ᾱ instead of changing it to η, hence Doric dialect etc. ἁ, τάν, τᾶ; the genitive plural τάων contracts in many dialects to τᾶ; the genitive singular is in many places τῶ, accusative plural τώς, but Cretan dialect, etc, τόνς [Refs]; in Lesbian Aeolic dialect the accusative plural forms are τοὶς, ταὶς, [Refs]; dative plural τοῖς, ταῖς (or τοὶς, ταὶς, see above), [Refs]; ταῖσι as demonstrative, [Refs 7th c.BC+] Poets also used the Ionic dialect and _Epic dialect_ forms τοῖσι, ταῖσ; and in Trag. we find τοὶ μέν, τοὶ δέ, for οἱ μέν, οἱ δέ, not only in Lyric poetry, as [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but even in a trimeter, [Refs 5th c.BC+] {ὅ}; τὼ πόλεε Foed. cited in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in [Refs 4th c.AD+] functions as genitive dual feminine, μεσακόθεν τοῖς κράναιυν [Refs 4th c.BC+] —in Elean and _Boeotian dialect_ ὁ, ἡ (ἁ), τό, with the addition of -ί, ={ὅδε}, ἥδε, τόδε, _nominative_ _plural_ _masculine_ τυΐ the following men, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] cf. Sanskrit demonstrative pronoun sa, sā, Gothic sa, sō, ONorse sá, sú, Old Latin accusative sum, sam (Enn.): —with τό [from *τόδ] cf. Sanskrit tat (tad), Latin is-tud, Gothic pata: —with τοί cf. Sanskrit te, Lithuanian tĩe, O[Refs 5th c.BC+] pá, etc:—with τάων cf. Sanskrit tāsām, Latin is-tarum:— the origin of the relative ὅς, ἥ, ὅ (which see) is different.) A) ὁ, ἡ, τό, DEMONSTR. PRONOUN, that, the oldest and in [Refs 8th c.BC+] the commonest sense: frequently also in [Refs 5th c.BC+], and sometimes in Trag. (mostly in Lyric poetry, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τῶν γάρ, τῆς γάρ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; seldom in Attic dialect Prose, except in special phrases, see infr. VI, VII): A.I) joined with a substantive, to call attention to it, ὁ Τυδεΐδης he—Tydeus' famous son, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τὸν Χρύσην that venerable man Chryses, I.II: and so with appellative, Νέστωρ ὁ γέρων N.—thataged man, [Refs]; αἰετοῦ. τοῦ θηρητῆρος the eagle, that which is called hunter, [Refs]; also to define and give emphasis, τιμῆς τῆς Πριάμου for honour, namely that of Priam, [Refs]; οἴχετ᾽ ἀνὴρ ὤριστος a man is gone, and he the best, [Refs]:—different from this are cases [Refs 8th c.BC+] if he would help the Trojans, but drive those back to the ships—I mean the Achaeans, where Ἀχ. is only added to explain τούς, compare [Refs] A.II) frequently without a substantive, he, she, it, ὁ γὰρ ἦλθε [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.III) placed after its Noun, before the Relat. Prons, ἐφάμην σὲ περὶ φρένας ἔμμεναι ἄλλων, τῶν ὅσσοι Λυκίην ναιετάουσι far above the rest, above those to wit who, etc, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οἷ᾽ οὔ πώ τιν᾽ ἀκούομεν οὐδὲ παλαιῶν, τάων αἳ πάρος ἦσαν. Ἀχαιαί such as we have not heard tell of yet even among the women of old, those women to wit who, [Refs 8th c.BC+] —for the _Attic dialect_ usage see below A.IV) before a Possessive pronoun its demonstrative force is sometimes very manifest, φθίσει σε τὸ σὸν μένος that spirit of thine, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.V) for cases in which the Homeric usage approaches most nearly to the Attic, see below [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI) ὁ μέν, ὁ δέ. without a substantive, in all cases, genders, and numbers, [Refs 8th c.BC+] properly refers to the former, ὁ δέ to the latter; more rarely ὁ μέν the latter, ὁ δέ the former, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: sometimes in Partition, the one, the other, etc.—The Noun with it is regularly in genitive plural, being divided by the ὁ μέν, ὁ δέ, into parts, ἠΐθεοι καὶ παρθένοι, τῶν δ᾽ αἱ μὲν λεπτὰς ὀθόνας ἔχον, οἱ δὲ χιτῶνας εἵατο [Refs 8th c.BC+]: but frequently the Noun is in the same case, by a kind of apposition, ἴδον υἷε Δάρητος, τὸν μὲν ἀλευάμενον τὸν δὲ κτάμενον [Refs 8th c.BC+]: so in Trag. and Attic dialect, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; if the Noun be collective, it is in the genitive singular, ὁ μὲν πεπραμένος ἦν τοῦ σίτου, ὁ δὲ ἔνδον ἀποκείμενος [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.2) when a negative accompanies ὁ δέ, it follows δέ, e.g. τὰς γοῦν Ἀθήνας οἶδα τὸν δὲ χῶρον οὔ [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.3) ὁ μέν τις, ὁ δέ τις. is used in Prose, when the Noun to which ὁ refers is left indefinite, ἔλεγον ὁ μέν τις τὴν σοφίαν, ὁ δὲ τὴν καρτερίαν, ὁ δέ τις καὶ τὸ κάλλος [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.4) on τὸ μέν, τὸ δέ, or τὰ μέν, τὰ δέ, [Refs] A.VI.5) ὁ μέν is frequently used without a corresponding ὁ δέ, οἱ μὲν ἄρ᾽ ἐσκίδναντο, Μυρμιδόνας δ᾽ οὐκ εἴα ἀποσκίδνασθαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; by ἄλλος δέ, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.6) ὁ δέ following μέν sometimes refers to the subject of the preceding clause, τοῦ μὲν ἅμαρθ᾽, ὁ δὲ Λεῦκον. βεβλήκει [Refs 8th c.BC+]: rare in Attic dialect Prose, ἐπεψήφιζεν αὐτὸς ἔφορος ὤν· ὁ δὲ οὐκ ἔφη διαγιγνώσκειν τὴν βοήν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.7) ὁ δέ is frequently used simply in continuing a narrative, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also used by [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.8) the opposition may be expressed otherwise than by μέν and δέ, οὔθ᾽ ὁ. οὔθ᾽ ὁ [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VII) the following usages prevailed in Attic dialect Prose, A.VII.1) in dialogue, after καί, it was usual to say in nominative singular masculine καὶ ὅ; in the other cases the usual forms of the Article were used (see. ὅς [Refs 4th c.BC+] II.I and cf. Sanskrit sas, alternatative form of sa); so, in accusative, καὶ τὸν εἰπεῖν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VII.2) ὁ καὶ ὁ such and such, τῇ καὶ τῇ ἀτιμίᾳ [Refs 5th c.BC+]: but mostly in accusative, καί μοι κάλει τὸν καὶ τόν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀνάγκη ἄρα τὸ καὶ τό it must then be so and so, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; but τὰ καὶ τά now one thing, now another, of good and bad, τὸν δ᾽ ἀγαθὸν τολμᾶν χρὴ τά τε καὶ τὰ φέρειν [Refs 6th c.BC+]; so πάντα τοῦ μετρίου μεταβαλλόμενα ἐπὶ τὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τά, of excess and defect, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII) absolutely usages of single cases, A.VIII.1) feminine dative τῇ, of Place, there, on that spot, here, this way, that way, [Refs 8th c.BC+], etc: also in Prose, τὸ μὲν τῇ, τὸ δὲ τῇ [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.b) with a notion of motion towards, that way, in that direction, [Refs 8th c.BC+] —only poetry A.VIII.1.c) of Manner, τῇ περ τελευτήσεσθαι ἔμελλεν in this way, thus, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.d) repeated, τῇ μέν, τῇ δέ, in one way, in another, or partly, partly, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.e) relative, where, by which way, only Epic dialect, as [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.2) neuter dative τῷ, therefore, on this account, frequently in [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.2.b) thus, so, [Refs 8th c.BC+] precedes, be translated, then, if this be so, on this condition, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.3) neuter accusative τό, wherefore, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also τὸ δέ absolutely, but the fact is, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; even when the τό refers to what precedes, the contrast may lie not in the thing referred to, but in another part of the sentence (compare above[Refs 5th c.BC+]; φασὶ δέ τινες αὐτὸν καὶ τῶν ἑπτὰ σοφῶν γεγονέναι· τὸ δὲ οὐκ ἦν but he was not, [Refs 1st c.BC+] A.VIII.4) τὸ μέν, τὸ δέ, partly, partly, or on the one hand, on the other, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; more frequently τὰ μέν, τὰ δέ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] in the first clause, τὸ δέ τι [Refs] several times. and finally, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.5) of Time, sometimes that time, sometimes this (present) time, συνμαχία κ᾽ ἔα ἑκατὸν ϝέτεα, ἄρχοι δέ κα τοΐ (where it is possible, but not necessary, to supply ϝέτος) [Refs 6th c.BC+] from that time, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.5.b) πρὸ τοῦ, sometimes written προτοῦ, before this, aforetime, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.5.c) in Thess. Prose, ὑππρὸ τᾶς yesterday, τὰ ψαφίσματα τό τε ὑππρὸ τᾶς γενόμενον καὶ τὸ τᾶμον the decree which was passed yesterday (literal before this [day]), and to-day's, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] A.VIII.6) ἐν τοῖς is frequently used in Prose with Superlatives, ἐν τοῖσι θειότατον a most marvellous thing, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν τοῖς πρῶτοι the very first, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν τοῖσι πρῶτος (πρώτοις codices) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; [Ζεὺς] Ἔρωτά τε καὶ Ἀνάγκην ἐν τοῖς πρῶτα ἐγέννησεν first of all, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] the greatest number of ships, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also with adverbs, ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα [Refs 5th c.BC+]: in late Prose, also with Positives, ἐν τοῖς παράδοξον [Refs 1st c.BC+] B) ὁ, ἡ, τό, THE DEFINITE ARTICLE, the, to specify individuals: rare in this signification in the earliest Gr, becoming commoner later. In [Refs 8th c.BC+] the demonstrative force can generally be traced, [Refs 4th c.BC+] I, but the definite Article must be recognized in places [Refs 8th c.BC+]: also when joined to an adjective to make it a substantive, αἰὲν ἀποκτείνων τὸν ὀπίστατον the hindmost man, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also in τῶν ἄλλων [Refs]; also τὸ τρίτον[Refs]; τὸ μὲν ἄλλο for the rest,[Refs]—The true Article, however, is first fully established in 5th C Attic dialect, whilst the demonstrative usage disappears, except in a few cases, V. [Refs 4th c.BC+] —Chief usages, especially in _Attic dialect_ B.I) not only with common Appellats, adjectives, and Parts, to specify them as present to sense or mind, but also frequently where we use the Possessive pronoun, τὸ κέαρ ηὐφράνθην [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὴν κεφαλὴν κατεάγην my head was broken, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοὺς φίλους ποιούμεθα we make our friends, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰς πόλεις ἔκτιζον they began founding their cities, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.b) omitted with proper nounsand frequently with Appellats. which require no specification, as θεός, βασιλεύς, see at {θεός} [Refs] III; ἐμ πόλει in the Acropolis, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; compare Θράσυλος in [Refs]; or when the person spoken of is to be specially distinguished, Ζεύς, ὅστις ὁ Ζεύς whoever this Zeus is, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; and therefore properly omitted when a special designation follows, as Σωκράτης ὁ φιλόσοφος: seldom in Trag. with proper nouns, save to give peculiar emphasis, like Latin ille, ὁ Λάϊος, ὁ Φοῖβος, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.c) Aristotle says Σωκράτης meaning the historical Socrates, as in [Refs] when he means the Platonic Socrates, as [Refs] B.I.d) for Σαῦλος ὁ καὶ Παῦλος, etc, see at {καί} [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.2) in a generic sense, where the individual is treated as a type, οἷς ὁ γέρων μετέῃσιν. λεύσσει [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.I.2.b) frequently with abstract Nouns, ἥ τε ἐλπὶς καὶ ὁ ἔρως [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.3) of outstanding members of a class, ὁ γεωγράφος, ὁ κωμικός, ὁ ποιητής, ὁ τεχνικός, see at {γεωγράφος}, κωμικός, ποιητής, τεχνικός. B.I.4) with infinitives, which thereby become Substantives, τὸ εἴργειν prevention, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ φρονεῖν good sense, [Refs 5th c.BC+]infinitive, τὸ θεοὺς εἶναι the existence of gods, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ μηδένα εἶναι ὄλβιον the fact or statement that no one is happy, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.5) in neuter before any word or expression which itself is made the object of thought, τὸ ἄνθρωπος the word or notion man; τὸ λέγω the word λέγ; τὸ μηδὲν ἄγαν the sentiment 'ne quid nimis', [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ τῇ αὐτῇ the phrase τῇ αὐτῇ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] the opinion about the question 'who ought to rule', [Refs]; τὸ ἐὰν μένητε παρ᾽ ἐμοί, ἀποδώσω the phrase 'I will give back, if. ', [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ ὀλίγοι the term few, [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.6) before relative clauses, when the Article serves to combine the whole relative clause into one notion, τῇ ᾗ φὴς σὺ σκληρότητι the harshness you speak of, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν ἥμερον καρπόν, καὶ τὸν ὅσος ξύλινος (i.e. καὶ τὸν καρπὸν ὅσος ἂν ᾖ ξύλινος) [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.7) before Prons, B.I.7.a) before the person Prons, giving them greater emphasis, but only in accusative, τὸν ἐμέ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν. σὲ καὶ ἐμέ[Refs] B.I.7.b) before the interrogative pronoun (both τίς and ποῖος), referring to something before, which needs to be more distinctly specified, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τῆς ποίας μερίδο; [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τοῖς ποίοις; [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.7.c) with τοιοῦτος, τοιόσδε, τηλικοῦτος, etc, the Article either makes the pronoun into a substantive, ὁ τοιοῦτος that sort of person, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; or subjoins it to a substantive which already has an Article, τὴν ἀπολογίαν τὴν τοιαύτην [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.8) before ἅπας, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τὸν ἕνα, τὸν ἕνα τοῦτον, [Refs 4th c.BC+] see entry; and on οἱ ἄλλοι, οἱ πολλοί, etc, see at {ἄλλος} [Refs] B.I.9) the Article with the comparative is rare, if ἤ follows, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II) elliptic expressions: B.II.1) before the genitive of a proper name, to express descent, son or daughter, Θουκυδίδης ὁ Ὀλόρου (i.e. υἱός) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Ἑλένη ἡ τοῦ Διός (i.e. θυγάτηρ) [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also to denote other relationships, e.g. brother, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ Σμικυθίωνος Μελιστίχη M.the wife of [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Κλέαρχος καὶ οἱ ἐκείνου Cl. and his men, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ τοῦ Ἀντιγένεος the slave of [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II.2) generally, before a genitive it indicates a wider relation, as τὸ τῶν νεῶν, τὸ τῶν Ἑρμῶν, the matter of the ships, the affair of the Hermae, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ τοῦ Ἀρριβαίου πράσσειν to promote the interests of Arrhibaeus, [Refs]; τὸ τῆς τύχης,=ἡ τύχη, [Refs]; τὰ τῆς τύχης accidents, chance events, [Refs]; τὰ γὰρ φθιτῶν τοῖς ὁρῶσι κόσμος performance of the rites due to the dead befits the living, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ τῶν θεῶν that which is destined by the gods, [Refs 5th c.BC+] what regards me or thee, my or thy business or interests, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: and with genitive of [Refs 5th c.BC+] is frequently also, a man's word or saying, as τὸ τοῦ Σόλωνος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ τοῦ Ὁμήρου as Homer says, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τά τινος so-and-so's house, [NT+5th c.BC+] B.II.3) very frequently with cases governed by Preps. αἱ ἐκ τῆς Ζακύνθου νῆες the ships from Zacynthus, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τὰ ἐπὶ Θρᾴκης the Thrace-ward district, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ καταστρώματος matters on deck, [Refs]; τὰ ἀπ᾽ Ἀλκιβιάδου the proposals of Alcibiades, [Refs]; τὰ ἀπὸ τῆς τύχης the incidents of fortune, [Refs] B.II.4) on μὰ τόν, μὰ τήν, etc, see at {μά} IV. B.II.5) in elliptical phrases, ἐπορευόμην τὴν ἔξω τείχους (i.e. ὁδόν) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ αὔριον (i.e. ἡμέρα), see at {αὔριον}; ἡ Λυδιστί (i.e. ἁρμονία) [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ οἴκαδε πλοῦς [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc; but τό stands absolutely with Advs. of time and place, when one cannot (as in the preceding instances) supply a substantive, as κἀκεῖσε καὶ τὸ δεῦρο [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ μὲν τὸ κεῖθεν, ὁ δὲ τὸ κεῖθεν [Refs 5th c.BC+] C) as RELATIVE PRONOUN in many dialects; both in nominative singular masculine ὅ, as κλῦθί μοι, ὃ χθιζὸς θεὸς ἤλυθες [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὃ ἐξορύξη he who banishes him, [Refs]; and in the forms beginning with τ, especially in [Refs 8th c.BC+]: also in Ionic dialect Poets, ἐν τῷ κάθημαι [Refs 7th c.BC+]; τό [Refs]; τῶν[Refs]—Never in Comedy texts or Attic dialect Prose:—Epic dialect genitive singular τεῦ [Refs 8th c.BC+] D) CRASIS OF ARTICLE: D.a) Attic dialect ὁ, ἡ, τό, with ᾰ make ᾱ, as ἁνήρ, ἁλήθεια, τἀγαθόν, τᾄτιο; so οἱ, αἱ, τά, as ἅνδρες, τἀγαθ; also τοῦ, τῷ, as τἀγαθοῦ, τἀγαθῷ: ὁ, τό, οἱ, before e gives ου, οὑξ, οὑπί, οὑμός, τοὔργον, οὑπιχώριοι, etc; also τοῦ, as τοὐμοῦ, τοὐπιόντο; but ἅτερος, θάτερον ([musical notation]), Ionic dialect οὕτερος, τοὔτερον (see. ἕτερος), Attic dialect feminine ἡτέρα, dative θητέρᾳ (see. ἕτερος); τῷ loses the iota, τὠμῷ, τὠπιόντι: ὁ, τό, before ο gives ου, as Οὁδυσσεύς, Οὑλύμπιος, τοὔνομα: ὁ, τό, etc, before αυ gives ᾱυ, αὑτός, ταὐτό, ταὐτῷ (frequently written ἁτός, etc. in Inscrr. and Papyrus); so τὰ αὐτά=ταὐτά, αἱ αὐταί=αὑταί: ἡ before εὐ gives ηὑ, as ηὑλάβεια: τῇ before ἡ gives θη, as θἠμέρᾳ: τὸ before ὑ gives θου, as θοὔδωρ for τὸ ὕδωρ. D.b) other dialects: in their treatment of crasis these follow the local laws of contraction, hence, e.g, Doric dialect ὡξ from ὁ ἐξ [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; Ionic dialect ᾡσυμνήτης from ὁ αἰς-[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὡυτή from ἡ αὐτή [Refs 1st c.AD+]

Strongs

Word:

ὁ

Transliteration:

ho

Pronounciation:

to

Language:

Greek

Definition:

the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom); the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc; the definite article

Father’?

Strongs:

g3962

Lexicon:

πατήρ

Greek:

πατέρα;

Transliteration:

patera

Usage:

422 times in 26 books, 141 chapters, and 373 verses

Context:

Next word

Toggle Lexicon

Gloss:

father

Morphhology:

Noun Accusative Singular Masculine Title

Grammar:

a proper name of a male PERSON OR THING that is having something done to them

Source:

[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources

Editions:

NA28, NA27, Tyn, SBL, WH, Treg, TR, Byz

Tyndale

Word:

πατήρ

Transliteration:

patēr

Gloss:

father

Morphhology:

Greek Noun Male

Definition:

πατήρ, πατρός, -τρί, τέρα, [in LXX chiefly and very frequently for אָב;] a father; 1) prop, (a) of the male parent: Mat.2:22, Luk.1:17, Jhn.4:53; anarth, Heb.12:7 (M, Pr., 82 f.); pl, of both parents (cl.), Heb.11:23; οἱ π. τ. σαρκός, Heb.12:9; (b) of a forefather or ancestor (in cl. usually in pl; Hom, al.): Mat.3:9, Luk.1:73, Jhn.8:39, al; pl, Mat.23:30, 32 Luk.6:23, 26 Jhn.4:20, 1Co.10:1, al. 2) Metaphorical, (a) of an author, originator, or archetype (= αἴτιος, ἀρχηγός, etc; Pind, Plat, al.): Jhn.8:41-44, Rom.4:11, 12 16. (b) as a title of respect or honour, used of seniors, teachers and others in a position of responsible authority (Jdg.17:10, 2Ki.2:12, Pro.1:8, al.): Mat.23:9 Act.7:2 22:1, 1Jn.2:13. 3) Of God (as in cl. of Zeus) as Father; (a) of created things: τ. φώτων, Jas.1:17; (b) of all sentient beings: Eph.3:14, 15 Heb.12:9; (with) of men, esp. those in covenant relation with Him (freq in OT and later Jewish lit; see Dalman, Words, 184ff.): Mat.6:4, Luk.6:36, Jhn.4:21, Jas.3:9, al; ὁ π. ὁ ἐν (τ.) οὐρανοῖς, Mat.5:16, Mrk.11:25; ὁ π. ὁ οὐράνιος, Mat.6:14 15:13; esp. in the Epp, of Christians: Rom.8:15, 2Co.6:18, Gal.4:6, Eph.2:18 4:6, 1Jn.2:1; with genitive qual, τ. οἰκτιρμῶν, 2Co.1:3; τ. δοξῆς, Eph.1:17; (d) of Christ (Dalman, Words, 190 ff.); (α) by our Lord himself: ὁ π, Mat.11:25-27, Luk.10:2, 22 Jhn.5:20-23, al; ὁ π. μου, Mat.11:27, al; ὁ ἐν τ. οὐρανοῖς, Mat.7:11, al; ὁ οὐράνιος, Mat.15:13; vocat, Jhn.11:41 12:27, 28 17:1, 5, 11, 20, 25 (cf. Abbott, JG, 96 f.); (β) by Apostles: Jhn.1:14 (anarth; see M, Pr., l.with), Rom.15:6, 2Co.1:3 11:31, Eph.1:3, Col.1:3, Heb.1:5, 1Pe.1:3, Rev.1:6 (cf. Westc, Epp. Jo., 27-34). (AS)

Liddell-Scott-Jones

Word:

πατήρ

Transliteration:

patēr

Gloss:

father

Morphhology:

Greek Noun Male

Definition:

πᾰτήρ, ὁ, genitive and dative πατέρος, πατέρι in Epic dialect and Lyric poetry, Attic dialect πατρός, πατρί (which is also the commoner form in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; accusative always πατέρ; vocative πάτερ: plural πατέρες, πατέρας, πατέρων (πατρῶν only [Refs 8th c.BC+]; dative πατράσι [ᾰ] (cf. Sanskrit locative plural pitṛ[snull]u, no dative plural occurs in [Refs 8th c.BC+], late Epic dialect πατέρεσσι [Refs 4th c.AD+]:— father, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; πατρὸς πατήρ grandfather,[Refs 8th c.BC+]; τὰ πρὸς πατρός by the father's side, [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc; especially of God, the father of the Israelites, [LXX]; father of men, [NT]; father of Jesus Christ, [Refs] II) especially as epithet of Zeus, πατὴρ Ζεύς, π. Κρονίδης, π. ἀνδρῶν τε θεῶν τε, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Ζεὺς π. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. Οὐρανιδᾶν Ζ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] III) respectful mode of addressing persons older than oneself, ξεὶνε πάτερ [Refs 8th c.BC+], etc; in addressing an elder brother, [Refs 2nd c.BC+] IV) metaphorically, father, author, ἀοιδᾶν π. εὐαίνητος Ὀρφεύς [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Χρόνος ὁ πάντων π. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοῦ λόγου π. [Refs]; ὁ π. τῶν φώτων, i.e. God, the father of the stars, [NT]; οἱ π. τῶν ἀτόμων the authors of the atomic theory, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; of capital, τοῦ πατρὸς ἐκγόνους τόκους [Refs 5th c.BC+] V) title of a grade in the mysteries of Mithras, [Refs] VI) π. πατρίδος, = Latin pater patriae, [Refs 1st c.AD+] VII) in plural, VII.1) forefathers, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐξέτι πατρῶν from our fathers' time, [Refs 8th c.BC+] VII.2) parents, [Refs 1st c.BC+] VII.3) parentnation, opposed to colonists, [Refs 5th c.BC+]. (Cf. Sanskritpitár, Latin pater, etc.)

Strongs

Word:

πατήρ

Transliteration:

patḗr

Pronounciation:

pat-ayr'

Language:

Greek

Morphhology:

Noun Masculine

Definition:

a "father" (literally or figuratively, near or more remote); father, parent; apparently a primary word

< Jaona 16:17 >

< Jaona 16:17 >